This document is the owner's manual for a Nissan vehicle, containing important safety, operation, and maintenance information. It advises against modifications that may affect performance or violate regulations and emphasizes safety practices such as using seat belts and avoiding distractions while driving. Additionally, it provides details about the Nissan customer care program and resources available for addressing vehicle concerns.

3. Black plate (2,1)
Foreword
Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE
owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with WARNING
confidence. It was produced using the latest This vehicle should not be modified.
techniques and strict quality control. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA- Modification could affect its performance,
TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY! safety or durability, and may even violate
This manual was prepared to help you under- governmental regulations. In addition,
stand the operation and maintenance of your damage or performance problems result-
Follow these important driving rules to
vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of ing from modification will not be covered
driving pleasure. Please read through this help ensure a safe and comfortable trip
for you and your passengers! under the NISSAN warranties.
manual before operating your vehicle.
. NEVER drive under the influence of
A separate Warranty Information Booklet alcohol or drugs. WHEN READING THE MANUAL
explains details about the warranties cov-
ering your vehicle. The NISSAN Service . ALWAYS observe posted speed lim- This manual includes information for all
and Maintenance Guide explains details its and never drive too fast for options available on this model. Therefore,
about maintaining and servicing your ve- conditions. you may find some information that does
hicle. Additionally, a separate Customer not apply to your vehicle.
. ALWAYS give your full attention to
Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will driving and avoid using vehicle All information, specifications and illustrations in
explain how to resolve any concerns you this manual are those in effect at the time of
features or taking other actions that
may have with your vehicle, as well as printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change
clarify your rights under your state’s lemon could distract you.
specifications or design at any time without
law. . ALWAYS use your seat belts and notice.
appropriate child restraint systems.
Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best.
When you require any service or have any . ALWAYS provide information about
questions, we will be glad to assist you with the the proper use of vehicle safety
extensive resources available to us. features to all occupants of the
vehicle.
READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY
. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-
Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’s ual for important safety information.
Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with
controls and maintenance requirements, assist-
ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle.
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 4/ 1

4. Black plate (3,1)
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those
THIS MANUAL above call attention to an item in the illustration.
You will see various symbols in this manual. They CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
are used in the following ways: WARNING
WARNING WARNING
This is used to indicate the presence of
Engine Exhaust, some of its constitu-
a hazard that could cause death or
ents, and certain vehicle components
serious personal injury. To avoid or
contain or emit chemicals known to the
reduce the risk, the procedures must
State of California to cause cancer and
be followed precisely.
birth defects or other reproductive
harm. In addition, certain fluids con-
SIC0697
CAUTION tained in vehicles and certain products
If you see the symbol above, it means “Do not of component wear contain or emit
This is used to indicate the presence of do this” or “Do not let this happen”. chemicals known to the State of Cali-
a hazard that could cause minor or fornia to cause cancer and birth defects
moderate personal injury or damage to or other reproductive harm.
your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,
the procedures must be followed care- If you see a symbol similar to those above in an CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-
fully. illustration, it means the arrow points to the front SORY
of the vehicle.
Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-
teries, may contain perchlorate material.
The following advisory is provided: “Per-
chlorate Material - special handling may
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/
above indicate movement or action. hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 4/ 1

5. Black plate (4,1)
BLUETOOTH® is a trademark
owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,
U.S.A.
Gracenote® is a registered tra-
demark of Gracenote, Inc. The
Gracenote logo and logo type,
and the “Powered by Gracenote”
logo are trademarks of Grace-
note.
XM Radio® requires a subscrip-
tion, sold separately after the first
90 days. It is not available in
Alaska, Hawaii or Guam. For
more information, visit
www.xmradio.com.
* 2009 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.
C
TOKYO, JAPAN
All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s
Manual may be reproduced or stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or
by any means, electronic, mechanical, photo-
copying, recording or otherwise, without the
prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co.,
Ltd.
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 4/ 1

6. Black plate (5,1)
NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE
PROGRAM
NISSAN CARES ...
Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are
our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.
However, if there is something that your The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for You can write to NISSAN with the information on
NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you the following information: the left at:
would like to provide NISSAN directly with For U.S. customers
comments or questions, please contact the — Your name, address, and telephone number
Nissan North America, Inc.
NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using — Vehicle identification number (attached to Consumer Affairs Department
our toll-free number: the top of the instrument panel on the P.O. Box 685003
For U.S. customers driver’s side) Franklin, TN 37068-5003
1-800-NISSAN-1 For Canadian customers
(1-800-647-7261) — Date of purchase
Nissan Canada Inc.
For Canadian customers — Current odometer reading 5290 Orbitor Drive
1-800-387-0122 Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5
— Your NISSAN dealer’s name
— Your comments or questions
OR
We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 4/ 1

7. Black plate (1,1)
Table of Illustrated table of contents 0
Contents Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental
restraint system 1
Instruments and controls 2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and
voice recognition systems 4
Starting and driving 5
In case of emergency 6
Appearance and care 7
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8
Technical and consumer information 9
Index 10
Model "Z34-D" Edited: 2009/ 3/ 30

8. Black plate (1,1)
0 Illustrated table of contents
Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Cockpit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-7
System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2 Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8
Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9
Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4 Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-10
Exterior (NISMO models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5 VQ37VHR engine model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-10
Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

9. Black plate (4,1)
SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
SSI0519
1. Seat belts (Page 1-8) 5. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-25)
— Seat belts with pretensioners (P.1-36) 6. Child restraint anchor point (for top tether strap
2. Head restraints (P.1-5) child restraint) (P.1-17)
3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air 7. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)
bags (P.1-25) (P.1-31)
4. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental 8. Front seats (P.1-3)
air bags (P.1-25)
0-2 Illustrated table of contents
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

10. Black plate (5,1)
EXTERIOR FRONT
5. Outside mirrors (P.3-24)
6. Recovery hook (P.6-13)
7. License plate installation (P.9-12)
8. Tires
— Wheels and tires (P.8-27, P.9-8)
— Flat tire (6-2)
— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
(P.2-10, P.5-3)
9. Doors
— Keys (P.3-2)
— Door locks (P.3-4)
— Intelligent Key system (P.3-6)
— Remote keyless entry system (P.3-13)
SSI0594
1. Hood (P.3-16) 3. Windshield wiper and washer
2. Headlight and turn signal — Operation (P.2-26)
— Operation (P.2-28) — Maintenance (P.8-18)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-24) 4. Power windows (P.2-39)
Illustrated table of contents 0-3
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

11. Black plate (6,1)
EXTERIOR REAR
7. Fuel-filler door
— Operation (P.3-20)
— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)
SSI0506
1. High-mounted stop light (bulb replacement) 4. Rear hatch
(P.8-24) — Intelligent Key system (P.3-6)
2. Rear window defroster (P.2-28) — Remote keyless entry system (P.3-13)
— Rear hatch release switch (P.3-17)
3. Satellite antenna (if so equipped) (P.4-24)
5. Rear fog light (if so equipped) (P.2-32)
6. Rear combination light (bulb replacement)
(P.8-24)
0-4 Illustrated table of contents
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

12. Black plate (7,1)
EXTERIOR (NISMO models)
For NISMO models, the vehicle parts listed
below require special care or caution for
treating. Refer to the additional information in
each section.
1. Performance dampers (P.5-28)
2. Front bumper with an aerodynamic splitter
(P.3-19, P.6-13)
3. Side sill extensions (P.3-19)
4. Rear spoiler (P.3-18, P.7-3)
5. Exhaust pipes (P.3-19, P.6-13)
6. Rear bumper with an aerodynamic diffuser
(P.3-19, P.6-13)
SSI0585
Illustrated table of contents 0-5
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

13. Black plate (8,1)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
8. Console box
— Power outlet (P.2-35)
— Auxiliary input jacks (P.4-44)
— NISSAN iPod® Interface System
(if so equipped) (P.4-46)
9. Front cup holders (P.2-36)
SSI0520
1. Cargo cover (if so equipped) (P.2-38) 5. Map light (P.2-42)
2. Secondary rear hatch release (P.3-18) 6. Inside rearview mirror
3. Power windows (P.2-39) — Operation (P.3-23)
— Outside mirror remote control switch (P.3-24) — HomeLink® (if so equipped) (P.2-44)
4. Sun visors (P.3-23) 7. Rear parcel box (P.2-38)
0-6 Illustrated table of contents
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

14. Black plate (9,1)
COCKPIT
9. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
— ENTER or tuning switch (P.4-56)
— BACK switch (P.4-56)
— Phone switch (if so equipped) (P.4-58)
— Volume control switches (P.4-56)
— Source select switch (P.4-56)
10. Tilt steering lever (P.3-22)
11. Steering wheel
— Horn (P.2-33)
— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-25)
12. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
— Cruise control switches (P.5-20)
13. Selector lever for automatic transmission (P.5-11)/
Shift lever for manual transmission (P.5-15)
14. Parking brake (P.5-19)
SSI0507
1. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch 5. Windshield wiper and washer switch (P.2-26)
(P.5-27) 6. Hood release handle (P.3-16)
2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch (P.2-28) 7. Intelligent Key port (P.5-9)
3. Meters and Gauges (combimeter) (P.2-4) 8. Paddle shifter (if so equipped) (P.5-13)
4. Triple meter (P.2-7)
Illustrated table of contents 0-7
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

15. Black plate (10,1)
INSTRUMENT PANEL
9. Heater and air conditioner (P.4-17)
— Rear window defroster switch (P.2-28)
10. Audio system (P.4-23)
11. Power outlet (P.2-35)
12. Glove box (P.2-37)
*: Refer to the separate Navigation System
Owner’s Manual.
SSI0508
1. Ventilator (P.4-16) 3. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-31)
2. Center display and multi-function control panel 4. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-25)
(P.4-2)/Instrument pocket (P.2-36) 5. Fuse box cover (P.8-20)
— Navigation system* (if so equipped)
6. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-7)
— Vehicle information and setting buttons
(if so equipped) (P.4-7) 7. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-32)
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System 8. SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) switch
(if so equipped) (P.4-58) (if so equipped) (P.5-16)
0-8 Illustrated table of contents
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

16. Black plate (11,1)
METERS AND GAUGES
SSI0521
10. Odometer/Twin trip odometer control knob (P.2-5)
11. Odometer/Twin trip odometer (P.2-5)
12. Engine oil temperature gauge (P.2-7)
13. Voltmeter (P.2-7)
14. Clock (P.2-7, P.2-22)
SSI0509
1. ENTER/NEXT switch (P.2-19) 7. Vehicle information display (P.2-15)
2. Fuel gauge (P.2-6) 8. Engine coolant temperature gauge
3. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-8) (P.2-6)
4. Tachometer (P.2-5) 9. Transmission position indicator (if so equipped)
(P.2-12)
5. Speedometer (P.2-5)
— SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) indicator
6. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-31) (if so equipped) (P.5-16)
Illustrated table of contents 0-9
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

17. Black plate (12,1)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
12. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-8)
SSI0510
VQ37VHR ENGINE MODEL 6. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-12)
7. Clutch fluid reservoir (Manual Transmission mod-
1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-20) els) (P.8-12)
2. Battery (P.8-14) 8. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-12)
3. Radiator filler cap (P.8-8) 9. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-13)
4. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-9) 10. Air cleaner (P.8-18)
5. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-9) 11. Drive belts (P.8-16)
0-10 Illustrated table of contents
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

18. Black plate (13,1)
MEMO
Illustrated table of contents 0-11
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

19. Black plate (14,1)
MEMO
0-12 Illustrated table of contents
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

20. Black plate (4,1)
1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-
mental restraint system
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Booster seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Precautions on booster seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Booster seat installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Precautions on supplemental restraint system . . . . . 1-25
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System
Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 (front seats) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental
Three-point type seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact
Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 supplemental air bag systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Supplemental air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Precautions on child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Repair and replacement procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Top tether strap child restraint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Child restraint installation using the seat belts . . . . . 1-18
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

21. Black plate (16,1)
SEATS
. The seatback should not be reclined
any more than needed for comfort.
Seat belts are most effective when
the passenger sits well back and
straight up in the seat. If the seat-
back is reclined, the risk of sliding
under the lap belt and being injured
is increased.
CAUTION
. When adjusting the seat positions,
SSS0133 be sure not to contact any moving
parts to avoid possible injuries and/
or damages.
well back in the seat with both feet
WARNING on the floor and adjust the seat belt
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle properly. See “PRECAUTIONS ON
when the seatback is reclined. This SEAT BELT USAGE” later in this
can be dangerous. The shoulder belt section.
will not be against your body. In an . After adjustment, gently rock in the
accident, you could be thrown into it seat to make sure it is securely
and receive neck or other serious locked.
injuries. You could also slide under . Do not leave children unattended
the lap belt and receive serious inside the vehicle. They could un-
internal injuries. knowingly activate switches or con-
. For the most effective protection trols. Unattended children could
when the vehicle is in motion, the become involved in serious acci-
seat should be upright. Always sit dents.
1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

22. Black plate (17,1)
FRONT SEATS
Front power seat adjustment
Operating tips:
. The power seat motor has an auto-reset
overload protection circuit. If the motor
stops during operation, wait 30 seconds,
then reactivate the switch.
. Do not operate the power seat switch for a
long period of time when the engine is off.
This will discharge the battery.
SSS0928
Forward and backward: the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in
the P (Park) position or N (Neutral) position with
Moving the switch * forward or backward will
1
the parking brake fully applied.
slide the seat forward or backward to the
desired position.
Reclining:
Move the recline switch * backward until the
2
desired angle is obtained. To bring the seatback
forward again, move the switch * forward.
2
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the
seatback for occupants of different sizes for
added comfort and to help obtain proper seat
belt fit. (See “PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT
USAGE” later in this section.) The seatback may
also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

23. Black plate (18,1)
SSS0394 SPA1715
Front manual seat adjustment belt fit. See “PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT Seat lifter (if so equipped)
USAGE” later in this section. The seatback may Turn either dial to adjust the angle and height of
Forward and backward: also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the seat cushion to the desired position.
Pull the lever up * while you slide the seat
1 the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in
forward or backward to the desired position. the P (Park) position or N (Neutral) position with
Release the lever to lock the seat in position. the parking brake fully applied.
Reclining:
To recline the seatback, pull the lever up * and
2
lean back. To bring the seatback forward again,
pull the lever and move your body forward. The
seatback will move forward.
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the
seatback for occupants of different sizes for
added comfort and to help obtain proper seat
1-4 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

24. Black plate (19,1)
HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNING
Head restraints supplement the other
vehicle safety systems. They may pro-
vide additional protection against injury
in certain rear end collisions. Adjust the
head restraints properly, as specified in
this section. Check the adjustment after
someone else uses the seat. Do not
attach anything to the head restraint
stalks or remove the head restraint. Do
SSS0684 not use the seat if the head restraint SSS1007
has been removed. If the head restraint The illustration shows the seating positions
Lumbar support (if so equipped) was removed, install and properly ad-
The lumbar support feature provides lower back equipped with head restraints. The head re-
just the head restraint before an occu- straints are adjustable.
support to the driver. pant uses the seating position. Failure
Move the lever * up or down to adjust the
1 to follow these instructions can reduce Indicates the seating position is equipped
seatback lumbar area. the effectiveness of the head restraints. with a head restraint.
This may increase the risk of serious
injury or death in a collision.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

25. Black plate (20,1)
SSS0992 SSS0997 SSS0993
Components Adjustment To raise the head restraint, pull it up.
1. Head restraint Adjust the head restraint so the center is level
with the center of your ears.
2. Adjustment notches
3. Lock knob
4. Stalks
1-6 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

26. Black plate (21,1)
SSS0994 SSS0995 SSS0996
To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push Removal Install
the head restraint down. Use the following procedure to remove the 1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes
adjustable head restraints. in the seat. Make sure that the head restraint
is facing the correct direction. The stalk with
1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest the adjustment notches * must be in-
1
position. stalled in the hole with the lock knob * .2
2. Push and hold the lock knob. 2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the
3. Remove the head restraint from the seat. head restraint down.
4. Store the head restraint properly in a secure 3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an
place so it is not loose in the vehicle. occupant uses the seating position.
5. Install and properly adjust the head restraint
before an occupant uses the seating posi-
tion.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

27. Black plate (22,1)
SEAT BELTS
PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT
USAGE
If you are wearing your seat belt properly
adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well
back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your
chances of being injured or killed in an accident
and/or the severity of injury may be greatly
reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and
all of your passengers to buckle up every time
you drive, even if your seating position includes a
supplemental air bag.
Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces
or territories specify that seat belts be
SSS0508 worn at all times when a vehicle is being
driven.
The Active Head Restraint moves forward
utilizing the force that the seatback receives
from the occupant in a rear-end collision. The
movement of the head restraint helps support
the occupant’s head by reducing its backward
movement and helping absorb some of the
forces that may lead to whiplash-type injuries.
Active Head Restraints are effective for colli-
sions at low to medium speeds in which it is said
that whiplash injury occurs most.
Active Head Restraints operate only in certain
rear-end collisions. After the collision, the head
restraints return to their original position.
Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as
described earlier in this section.
1-8 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

28. Black plate (23,1)
WARNING
. Every person who drives or rides in
this vehicle should use a seat belt at
all times.
. The seat belt should be properly
adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to do
so may reduce the effectiveness of
the entire restraint system and in-
crease the chance or severity of
injury in an accident. Serious injury
or death can occur if the seat belt is
SSS0136A not worn properly.
. Always route the shoulder belt over
your shoulder and across your
chest. Never put the belt behind
your back, under your arm or across
your neck. The belt should be away
from your face and neck, but not
falling off your shoulder.
. Position the lap belt as low and
snug as possible AROUND THE
HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt
worn too high could increase the
risk of internal injuries in an acci-
dent.
SSS0134A
. Be sure the seat belt tongue is
securely fastened to the proper
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

29. Black plate (24,1)
buckle. retractor. See a NISSAN dealer.
. Do not wear the seat belt inside out . Removal and installation of the
or twisted. Doing so may reduce its pretensioner system components
effectiveness. should be done by a NISSAN dealer.
. Do not allow more than one person . All seat belt assemblies, including
to use the same seat belt. retractors and attaching hardware,
. Never carry more people in the should be inspected after any colli-
vehicle than there are seat belts. sion by a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN
recommends that all seat belt as-
. If the seat belt warning light glows
semblies in use during a collision be
continuously while the ignition is
replaced unless the collision was
turned ON with all doors closed and
minor and the belts show no da-
all seat belts fastened, it may in-
mage and continue to operate prop- SSS0016
dicate a malfunction in the system.
erly.
Have the system checked by a
NISSAN dealer. Seat belt assemblies not in use
. No changes should be made to the during a collision should also be
seat belt system. For example, do inspected and replaced if either
not modify the seat belt, add mate- damage or improper operation is
rial or install devices that may noted.
change the seat belt routing or . All child restraints and attaching
tension. Doing so may affect the hardware should be inspected after
operation of the seat belt system. any collision. Always follow the
Modifying or tampering with the restraint manufacturer’s inspection
seat belt system may result in instructions and replacement re-
serious personal injury. commendations. The child restraints
. Once a seat belt pretensioner has should be replaced if they are
activated, it cannot be reused and damaged.
SSS0014
must be replaced together with the
1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

30. Black plate (25,1)
CHILD SAFETY properly. The shoulder belt may come Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor
too close to the face or neck. The lap Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choose a
Children need adults to help protect them.
belt may not fit over their small hip child restraint that fits your vehicle and always
They need to be properly restrained.
follow the manufacturer’s instructions for instal-
bones. In an accident, an improperly
In addition to the general information in this lation and use.
fitting seat belt could cause serious or
manual, child safety information is available from
many other sources, including doctors, teachers,
fatal injury. Always use appropriate Larger children
government traffic safety offices, and community child restraints. Children who are too large for child restraints
organizations. Every child is different, so be sure should be seated and restrained by the seat
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or belts which are provided. The seat belt may not
to learn the best way to transport your child.
territories require the use of approved child fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in (142.5
There are three basic types of child restraint restraints for infants and small children. (See cm) tall and weighs between 40 lb (18 kg) and
systems: “CHILD RESTRAINTS” later in this section.) 80 lb (36 kg). A booster seat should be used to
. Rear-facing child restraint Also, there are other types of child restraints obtain proper seat belt fit.
available for larger children for additional pro- NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a
. Front-facing child restraint tection. commercially available booster seat if the
. Booster seat Infants shoulder belt in the child’s seating position fits
close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of
The proper restraint depends on the child’s size. Infants up to at least one year old should be the seat belt goes across the abdomen. The
Generally, infants (up to about 1 year and less placed in a rear facing child restraint. The booster seat should raise the child so that the
than 20 lb (9 kg)) should be placed in rear passenger seat is not suitable for use with a shoulder belt is properly positioned across the
facing child restraints. Front facing child re- rear facing child restraint for infants. Therefore, top, middle portion of the shoulder and the lap
straints are available for children who outgrow infants should not be transported in this vehicle. belt is low on the hips. A booster seat can only
rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year
Small children be used in seating positions that have a three-
old. Booster seats are used to help position a
point type seat belt. The booster seat should fit
vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no Children that are over one year old and weigh at the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it
longer use a front facing child restraint. least 20 lb (9 kg) can be placed in a forward complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
facing child restraint. Refer to the manufacturer’s Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
WARNING instructions for minimum and maximum weight Standards. Once the child has grown so the
and height recommendations. NISSAN recom- shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face
Children need special protection. The mends that small children be placed in child and neck, use the shoulder belt without the
vehicle’s seat belts may not fit them restraints that comply with Federal Motor booster seat.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

31. Black plate (26,1)
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle
WARNING when the seatback is reclined. This
Never let a child stand or kneel on any can be dangerous. The shoulder belt
seat and do not allow a child in the will not be against your body. In an
cargo areas while the vehicle is moving. accident, you could be thrown into it
The child could be seriously injured or and receive neck or other serious
killed in an accident or sudden stop. injuries. You could also slide under
the lap belt and receive serious
PREGNANT WOMEN internal injuries.
NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use . For the most effective protection
seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, when the vehicle is in motion, the
and always position the lap belt as low as seat should be upright. Always sit
possible around the hips, not the waist, and well back in the seat with both feet
SSS0292
place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and on the floor and adjust the seat belt
across your chest. Never run the lap/shoulder properly. Fastening the seat belts
belt over your abdominal area. Contact your
1. Adjust the seat. (See “SEATS” earlier in this
doctor for specific recommendations.
section.)
INJURED PERSONS 2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor
NISSAN recommends that injured persons use and insert the tongue into the buckle until
seat belts, depending on the injury. Check with you hear and feel the latch engage.
your doctor for specific recommendations. . The retractor is designed to lock
THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT during a sudden stop or on impact.
A slow pulling motion permits the
belt to move, and allows you some
WARNING freedom of movement in the seat.
. Every person who drives or rides in . If the seat belt cannot be pulled
from its fully retracted position,
this vehicle should use a seat belt at
firmly pull the belt and release it.
all times.
1-12 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

32. Black plate (27,1)
Then smoothly pull the belt out of of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seat
the retractor. belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or
during impacts.
The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode
(child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for
child restraint installation.
When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt
cannot be extended again until the seat belt
tongue is detached from the buckle and fully
retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode
after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional
information, see “CHILD RESTRAINTS” later in
this section.
SSS0290
The ALR mode should be used only for
3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug child restraint installation. During normal
on the hips as shown. seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR
mode should not be activated. If it is
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the activated it may cause uncomfortable seat
retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the belt tension.
shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder
and across your chest.
WARNING
The three-point type seat belts have two modes
of operation: When fastening the seat belts, be
. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) certain that seatbacks are completely
secured in the latched position. If they
. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) are not completely secured, passengers
The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode may be injured in an accident or sudden
allows the seat belt to extend and retract to stop.
allow the driver and passengers some freedom
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

33. Black plate (28,1)
restrict further belt movement.
If the retractor does not lock during this check or
if you have any question about seat belt
operation, see a NISSAN dealer.
SSS0326 SSS0588
Unfastening the seat belts Shoulder belt arm
To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on the Before fastening the seat belt, pull the shoulder
buckle. The seat belt automatically retracts. belt arm forward until it clicks at the lock
position.
Checking seat belt operation
Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat Pulling the arm forward will allow an easy access
belt movement by two separate methods: to the belt.
. When the belt is pulled quickly from the SEAT BELT EXTENDERS
retractor. If, because of body size or driving position, it is
. When the vehicle slows down rapidly. not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt
and fasten it, an extender is available that is
To increase your confidence in the seat belts, compatible with the installed seat belts. The
check the operation as follows: extender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) of
length and may be used for either the driver or
. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward
front passenger seating position. See a NISSAN
quickly. The retractor should lock and
1-14 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

34. Black plate (29,1)
CHILD RESTRAINTS
dealer for assistance if the extender is required. . If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt
guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat
WARNING belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder
belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.
. Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, . Periodically check to see that the seat
made by the same company which belt and the metal components such as
made the original equipment seat buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires
belts, should be used with the and anchors work properly. If loose parts,
NISSAN seat belts. deterioration, cuts or other damage on the
. Adults and children who can use the webbing is found, the entire seat belt
assembly should be replaced.
standard seat belt should not use an
extender. Such unnecessary use
could result in serious personal
injury in the event of an accident. SSS0099
. Never use seat belt extenders to
install child restraints. If the child
restraint is not secured properly, the
child could be seriously injured in a
collision or a sudden stop.
SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE
. To clean the seat belt webbings, apply a
mild soap solution or any solution recom-
mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.
Then, wipe with a cloth and allow the seat
belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the
seat belts to retract until they are completely
dry.
SSS0100
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

35. Black plate (30,1)
PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD injury or death in an accident. side to side. Try to tug it forward and
RESTRAINTS check to see if the belt holds the
. Follow all of the child restraint
manufacturer’s instructions for in- restraint in place. If the restraint is
WARNING stallation and use. When purchasing not secure, tighten the belt as
a child restraint, be sure to select necessary, or put the restraint in
. Children should always be placed in one which will fit your child and another seat and test it again. You
an appropriate child restraint while vehicle. It may not be possible to may need to try a different child
riding in the vehicle. Failure to use a properly install some types of child restraint. Not all child restraints fit
child restraint can result in serious restraints in your vehicle. in all types of vehicles.
injury or death. . When your child restraint is not in
. If the child restraint is not anchored
. Children should never be carried on properly, the risk of a child being use, keep it secured with a seat belt
your lap. It is not possible for even injured in a collision or a sudden to prevent it from being thrown
the strongest adult to resist the stop greatly increases. around in case of a sudden stop or
forces of a severe accident. The accident.
child could be crushed between the . Child restraint anchor points are
adult and parts of the vehicle. Also, designed to withstand only those
do not put the same seat belt loads imposed by correctly fitted CAUTION
around both your child and yourself. child restraints. Under no circum-
stances are they to be used for adult Remember that a child restraint left in a
. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air seat belts or harnesses. closed vehicle can become very hot.
Bag System, never install a rear- Check the seating surface and buckles
facing child restraint in the front . Adjustable seatbacks should be
positioned to fit the child restraint, before placing your child in the child
seat. An inflating supplemental restraint.
front air bag could seriously injure but as upright as possible.
or kill your child. . After attaching the child restraint, In general, child restraints are designed to be
. Improper use or improper installa- test it before you place the child in installed with the lap portion of a lap/shoulder
tion of a child restraint can increase it. Push it from side to side while seat belt.
the risk or severity of injury for both holding the seat by the seat belt
Several manufacturers offer child restraints for
the child and other occupants of the path. The child restraint should not
children of various sizes. When selecting any
vehicle and can lead to serious move more than 1 inch (25 mm) from child restraint, keep the following points in mind:
1-16 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

36. Black plate (31,1)
. Choose only a restraint with a label certifying . Do not allow cargo to contact the
that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle top tether strap when it is attached
Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor to the top tether anchor. Properly
Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
secure the cargo so it does not
. Check the child restraint in your vehicle to contact the top tether strap. Cargo
be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s that is not properly secured or that
seat and seat belt system. contacts the top tether strap may
. If the child restraint is compatible with your damage the top tether strap during
vehicle, place your child in the child restraint a collision. Your child could be
and check the various adjustments to be seriously injured or killed in a colli-
sure the child restraint is compatible with sion if the child restraint top tether
your child. Choose a child restraint that is strap is damaged.
designed for your child’s height and weight.
Always follow all recommended procedures. SSS0929 Top tether anchor point location
The passenger seat is not suitable for use with a The Anchor point is located on the floor of the
TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE-
rear facing child restraint for infants. Therefore, cargo room.
STRAINT
infants should not be transported in this vehicle.
If the manufacturer of your child restraint Installing top tether strap
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or requires the use of a top tether strap, it must First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt.
territories require that infants and small be secured to an anchor point.
children be restrained in an approved child Flip down the flap marked with a label as shown
restraint at all times while the vehicle is in the illustration. Position the top tether strap
being operated. Canadian law requires the WARNING over the top of the seatback and secure it to the
top tether strap on front facing child tether anchor bracket that provides the straight-
. Child restraint anchor points are est installation. Tighten the strap according to
restraints to be secured to the designated
anchor point on the vehicle. designed to withstand only those the manufacturer’s instructions to remove any
loads imposed by correctly fitted slack.
child restraints. Under no circum-
If you have any questions when installing a
stances are they to be used for adult
top tether strap child restraint, consult
seat belts or harnesses. your NISSAN dealer for details.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

37. Black plate (32,1)
. The three-point seat belt in your
vehicle is equipped with an Auto-
matic Locking Retractor (ALR) which
must be used when installing a child
restraint.
. Failure to use the ALR will result in
the child restraint not being prop-
erly secured. The restraint could tip
over or otherwise be unsecured and
cause injury to the child in a sudden
stop or collision.
The instructions in this section apply to child
SSS0100 restraint installation using the vehicle seat belts SSS0640
in the front passenger seat. Front-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1
CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION Front-facing
USING THE SEAT BELTS Follow these steps to install a front-facing child
restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the front
WARNING passenger seat:
1. If you must install a child restraint in
. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air the front seat, it should be placed in a
Bag System, never install a rear- front-facing direction only. Move the
facing child restraint in the front seat to the rearmost position. Child
passenger seat. Supplemental front restraints for infants must be used in
air bags inflate with great force. A the rear-facing direction and therefore
rear-facing child restraint could be must not be used in this vehicle.
struck by the supplemental front air 2. Position the child restraint on the seat.
bag in a crash and could seriously Always follow the child restraint manufac-
injure or kill your child. turer’s instructions.
1-18 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

38. Black plate (33,1)
The back of the child restraint should be
secured against the seatback.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head
restraint to obtain the correct child restraint
fit. (See “HEAD RESTRAINTS” earlier in this
section.)
If the head restraint is removed, store it in a
secure place. Be sure to install the head
restraint when the child restraint is removed.
SSS0360B SSS0651
Front-facing — step 3 Front-facing — step 4
3. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully
restraint and insert it into the buckle until you extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor
hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
follow the child restraint manufacturer’s mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to
instructions for belt routing. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode
when the seat belt is fully retracted.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

39. Black plate (34,1)
SSS0652 SSS0653 SSS0641
Front-facing — step 5 Front-facing — step 6 Front-facing — step 8
5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the 6. Remove any additional slack from the seat 8. After attaching the child restraint, test it
shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. belt; press downward and rearward firmly in before you place the child in it. Push it from
the center of the child restraint with your side to side while holding the seat near the
knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion seat belt path. The child restraint should not
and seatback while pulling up on the seat move more than 1 inch (25 mm) from side to
belt. side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if
the belt holds the restraint in place. If the
7. If the child restraint is equipped with a top restraint is not secure, you may need to try a
tether strap, route the top tether strap and different child restraint. Not all child re-
secure the tether strap to the tether anchor straints fit in all types of vehicles.
point. (See “TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD
RESTRAINT” earlier in this section.)
1-20 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

40. Black plate (35,1)
BOOSTER SEATS
9. Check that the retractor is in the ALR mode
by trying to pull more seat belt out of the
retractor. If you cannot pull any more belt
webbing out of the retractor, the retractor is
in the ALR mode.
10. Check to make sure the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 3
through 8.
SSS0988 SSS0099
Front-facing — step 11
11. If the child restraint is installed in the front PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS
passenger seat, push the ignition switch to
the ON position. The front passenger air bag
status light should illuminate. If this WARNING
light is not illuminated, see “Front passenger
air bag and status light” later in this section. . Children should always be placed in
Have the system checked by a NISSAN an appropriate child restraint while
dealer. riding in the vehicle. Failure to use a
child restraint or booster seat can
After the child restraint is removed and the seat result in serious injury or death.
belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child
restraint mode) is canceled. . Children should never be carried on
your lap. It is not possible for even
the strongest adult to resist the
forces of a severe accident. The
child could be crushed between the
adult and parts of the vehicle. Also,
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

41. Black plate (36,1)
do not put the same seat belt . Follow all of the booster seat man- to prevent it from being thrown
around both your child and yourself. ufacturer’s instructions for installa- around in case of a sudden stop or
. A booster seat must only be in- tion and use. When purchasing a accident.
stalled in a seating position that has booster seat, be sure to select one
a lap/shoulder belt. Failure to use a which will fit your child and vehicle.
three-point type seat belt with a It may not be possible to properly CAUTION
booster seat can result in a serious install some types of booster seats
Remember that a booster seat left in a
injury in sudden stop or collision. in your vehicle.
closed vehicle can become very hot.
. Improper use or improper installa- . If the booster seat and seat belt is Check the seating surface and buckles
tion of a booster seat can increase not used properly, the risk of a child before placing your child in the booster
the risk or severity of injury for both being injured in a collision or a seat.
the child and other occupants of the sudden stop greatly increases.
vehicle and can lead to serious . Adjustable seatbacks should be
injury or death in an accident. positioned to fit the booster seat,
. Do not use towels, books, pillows or but as up- right as possible.
other items in place of a booster . After placing the child in the booster
seat. Items such as these may move seat and fastening the seat belt,
during normal driving or a collision make sure the shoulder portion of
and result in serious injury or death. the belt is away from the child’s face
Booster seats are designed to be and neck and the lap portion of the
used with a lap/shoulder belt. Boos- belt does not cross the abdomen.
ter seats are designed to properly . Do not put the shoulder belt behind
route the lap and shoulder portions the child or under the child’s arm. If
of the seat belt over the strongest you must install a booster seat in
portions of a child’s body to provide the front seat, see “BOOSTER SEAT
the maximum protection during a INSTALLATION” later in this section.
collision.
. When your booster seat is not in
use, keep it secured with a seat belt
1-22 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

42. Black plate (37,1)
LRS0455 SSS0363 LRS0454
Booster seats of various sizes are offered by . Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be . If the booster seat is compatible with your
several manufacturers. When selecting any sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat vehicle, place your child in the booster seat
booster seat, keep the following points in mind: and seat belt system. and check the various adjustments to be
sure the booster seat is compatible with
. Choose only a booster seat with a label . Make sure the child’s head will be properly your child. Always follow all recommended
certifying that it complies with Federal Motor supported by the booster seat or vehicle procedures.
Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian seat. The seatback must be at or above the
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. center of the child’s ears. For example, if a All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
low back booster seat * is chosen, the
1 territories require that infants and small
vehicle seatback must be at or above the children be restrained in an approved child
center of the child’s ears. If the seatback is restraint at all times while the vehicle is
lower than the center of the child’s ears, a being operated.
high back booster seat * should be used.
2
The instructions in this section apply to booster
seat installation in the front passenger seat.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

43. Black plate (38,1)
BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto-
matic Locking Retractor mode when
using a booster seat with the seat belts.
Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the
front passenger seat:
SSS0640 LRS0454
1. If you must install a booster seat in the 3. The booster seat should be positioned on
front seat, adjust the seatback so that the vehicle seat so that it is stable. If
it is upright and then move the seat to necessary, adjust or remove the head
the rearmost position. Do not move the restraint to obtain the correct booster seat
seat with the booster seat attached to fit. (See “HEAD RESTRAINTS” earlier in this
it. section.) If the head restraint is removed,
store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall
2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only the head restraint when the booster seat is
place it in a front facing direction. Always removed.
follow the booster seat manufacturer’s
instructions. 4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low
and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to
follow the booster seat manufacturer’s
instructions for adjusting the belt routing.
5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt
toward the retractor to take up extra slack.
1-24 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

44. Black plate (39,1)
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM
Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL
across the top, middle portion of the child’s RESTRAINT SYSTEM
shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat
manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
belt routing. section contains important information concern-
ing the driver and passenger front impact
6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc- supplemental air bags (NISSAN Advanced Air
tions for properly fastening a seat belt Bag System), front seat-mounted side-impact
shown in the “THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT supplemental air bag system, roof-mounted
BELT” earlier in this section. curtain side-impact supplemental air bag and
seat belt with pretensioners.
Supplemental front-impact air bag system:
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can
help cushion the impact force to the head and
SSS0988 chest of the driver and front passenger in certain
frontal collisions.
7. If the booster seat is installed in the front
passenger seat, push the ignition switch to Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-
the ON position. The front passenger air bag mental air bag system: This system can help
status light may or may not illuminate cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis
depending on the size of the child and the area of the driver and front passenger in certain
type of booster seat used. (See “Front side impact collisions. The front seat side-
passenger air bag and status light” later in impact supplemental air bags are designed to
this section.) inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple-
mental air bag system: This system can help
cushion the impact force to the head of the
driver and front passenger in certain side impact
collisions. The curtain air bags are designed to
inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.
These supplemental restraint systems are de-
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

45. Black plate (40,1)
signed to supplement the crash protection
provided by the driver and passenger seat belts
and are not a substitute for them. Seat belts
should always be correctly worn and the
occupant seated a suitable distance away from
the steering wheel, instrument panel and door
finishers. (See “SEAT BELTS” earlier in this
section for instructions and precautions on seat
belt usage.)
The supplemental air bags operate only
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning SSS0131B
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
warning light will turn off after about 7
seconds if the systems are operational.
SSS0132B
1-26 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

46. Black plate (41,1)
inflates. Always sit back against the the steering wheel rim could in-
WARNING seatback and as far-away as prac- crease the risk of injury if the
. The front air bags ordinarily will not tical from the steering wheel or supplemental front air bag inflates.
inflate in the event of a side impact, instrument panel. Always use the
rear impact, rollover, or lower se- seat belts.
verity frontal collision. Always wear . The driver and front passenger seat
your seat belts to help reduce the belt buckles are equipped with
risk or severity of injury in various sensors that detect if the seat belts
kinds of accidents. are fastened. The Advanced Air Bag
. The front passenger air bag will not System monitors the severity of a
inflate if the passenger air bag collision and seat belt usage then
status light is lit or if the front inflates the air bags. Failure to
passenger seat is unoccupied. See properly wear seat belts can in-
“Front passenger air bag and status crease the risk or severity of injury
light” later in this section. in an accident.
. The seat belts and the front air bags . T he f r o n t pa s s e ng e r s e at i s
are most effective when you are equipped with an occupant classifi-
sitting well back and upright in the cation sensor (pattern sensor) that
seat with both feet on the floor. The turns the front passenger air bag
front air bags inflate with great OFF under some conditions. This
force. Even with the NISSAN Ad- sensor is only used in this seat.
vanced Air Bag System, if you are Failure to be properly seated and
unrestrained, leaning forward, sit- wearing the seat belt can increase
ting sideways or out of position in the risk or severity of injury in an
any way, you are at greater risk of accident. See “Front passenger air
injury or death in a crash. You may bag and status light” later in this
also receive serious or fatal injuries section.
from the supplemental front air bag . Keep hands on the outside of the
if you are up against it when it steering wheel. Placing them inside
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

47. Black plate (42,1)
SSS0007 SSS0008 SSS0099
SSS0006 SSS0009 SSS0100
1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

48. Black plate (43,1)
WARNING
. Never let children ride unrestrained
or extend their hands or face out of
the window. Do not attempt to hold
them in your lap or arms. Some
examples of dangerous riding posi-
tions are shown in the illustrations.
. Children may be severely injured or
killed when the front air bags, side
air bags or curtain air bags inflate if
they are not properly restrained.
. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air SSS0059A SSS0159
Bag System, never install a rear
facing child restraint in the front
seat. An inflating front air bag could WARNING
seriously injure or kill your child.
See “CHILD RESTRAINTS” earlier in Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-
this section for details. plemental air bags and roof-mounted
curtain side-impact supplemental air
bags:
. The front seat-mounted side-impact
air bags and roof-mounted curtain
air bags ordinarily will not inflate in
the event of a frontal impact, rear
impact, rollover or lower severity
side collision. Always wear your
SSS0162
seat belts to help reduce the risk
or severity of injury in various kinds
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

49. Black plate (44,1)
of accidents.
. The seat belts, side air bags and
curtain air bags are most effective
when you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat. The side air bag
and curtain air bag inflate with great
force. Do not allow anyone to place
their hand, leg or face near the side
air bag on the side of the seatback
of the front seat or near the side
roof rails. Do not allow anyone
sitting in the front seats to extend
their hand out of the window or lean
against the door. Some examples of
dangerous riding positions are
shown in the previous illustrations.
. Do not use seat covers on the front
seatbacks. They may interfere with
supplemental side air bag inflation.
SSS0680
1. Crash zone sensor 5. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air
2. Supplemental front air bag modules (NISSAN bags
Advanced Air Bags) 6. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)
3. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental 7. Occupant classification system control unit
air bags 8. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)
4. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental 9. Satellite sensors
air bag inflators
10. Seat belt with pretensioner
1-30 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

50. Black plate (45,1)
NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS- on information from the sensors, only one front save lives and reduce serious injuries. However,
TEM (front seats) air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on the an inflating front air bag may cause facial
crash severity and whether the front occupants abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags do
This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN are belted or unbelted. Additionally, the front not provide restraint to the lower body.
Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and passenger air bag may be automatically turned
front passenger seats. This system is designed OFF under some conditions, depending on the Even with NISSAN advanced air bags, seat
to meet certification requirements under U.S. information provided by the occupant classifica- belts should be correctly worn and the driver
regulations. It is also permitted in Canada. tion sensor. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, and passenger seated upright as far as practical
However, all of the information, cautions the passenger air bag status light will be away from the steering wheel or instrument
and warnings in this manual still apply and illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied, the light panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order
must be followed. will not be illuminated, but the air bag will be off). to help protect the front occupants. Because of
(See “Front passenger air bag and status light” this, the force of the front air bag inflating can
The driver supplemental front-impact air bag is increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too
located in the center of the steering wheel. The later in this section for further details.) One front
air bag inflating does not indicate improper close to, or is against, the air bag module during
front passenger supplemental front-impact air inflation.
bag is mounted in the instrument panel above performance of the system.
the glove box. The front air bags are designed to If you have any questions about your air bag The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.
inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, system, contact a NISSAN dealer. If you are
although they may inflate if the forces in another The supplemental front air bags operate
considering modification of your vehicle due to a only when the ignition switch is in the ON
type of collision are similar to those of a higher disability, you may also contact a NISSAN
severity frontal impact. They may not inflate in position.
dealer. Contact information is contained in the
certain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack front of this Owner’s Manual. After pushing the ignition switch to the ON
of it) is not always an indication of proper front position, the supplemental air bag warning
air bag operation. When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
may be heard, followed by release of smoke. warning light will turn off after about 7
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate
dual stage air bag inflators. The system monitors seconds if the system is operational.
a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it
information from the crash zone sensor, the Air may cause irritation and choking. Those with a
bag Control Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle history of a breathing condition should get fresh
switches and the occupant classification sensor air promptly.
(pattern sensor). Inflator operation is based on
the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,
the driver. For the front passenger, the occupant help to cushion the impact force on the head
classification sensor is also monitored. Based and chest of the front occupants. They can help
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

51. Black plate (46,1)
Status light: as children, by requiring the air bag to be
automatically turned OFF.
The front passenger air bag status light is
located above the ashtray. The light operates as The occupant classification sensor (pattern
follows: sensor) is in the front passenger seat cushion
and is designed to detect an occupant and
. Unoccupied passenger seat: The is objects on the seat. For example, if a child is in
OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF the front passenger seat, the Advanced Air Bag
and will not inflate in a crash. System is designed to turn the passenger air
. Passenger seat occupied by a small adult, bag OFF in accordance with the regulations.
child or child restraint as outlined in this Also, if a child restraint of the type specified in
section: The illuminates to indicate that the regulations is on the seat, the occupant
the front passenger air bag is OFF and will classification sensor can detect it and cause the
not inflate in a crash. air bag to turn OFF.
SSS0988 . Occupied passenger seat and the passen- Front passenger seat adult occupants who are
Front passenger air bag status light
ger meets the conditions outlined in this properly seated and using the seat belt as
Front passenger air bag and status light section: The light is OFF to indicate outlined in this manual should not cause the
that the front passenger air bag is opera- passenger air bag to be automatically turned
WARNING tional. OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF,
however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat
The front passenger air bag is designed Front passenger air bag: properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by
to automatically turn OFF under some sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise
The front passenger air bag is designed to
conditions. Read this section carefully being out of position), this could cause the
automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is
sensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure
to learn how it operates. Proper use of operated under some conditions as described
to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly
the seat, seat belt and child restraints is below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If the
for the most effective protection by the seat belt
necessary for most effective protection. front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate
and supplemental air bag.
Failure to follow all instructions in this in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags
manual concerning the use of seats, in your vehicle are not part of this system. The occupant classification sensor is designed
seat belts and child restraints can to operate as described above to turn the front
The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce
increase the risk or severity of injury in passenger air bag OFF for specified child
the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag
restraints. Failing to properly secure child
an accident. to certain front passenger seat occupants, such
restrains and to use the ALR mode (child
1-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

52. Black plate (47,1)
restraint mode) may allow the restraint to tip or child and the type of child restraint being used. If Other supplemental front-impact air bag
move in an accident or sudden stop. This can the passenger air bag status light is not precautions
also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a illuminated (indicating that the air bag might
crash instead of being OFF. (See “CHILD inflate in a crash), it could be that the child
RESTRAINTS” earlier in this section for proper restraint or seat belt is not being used properly. WARNING
use and installation.) Make sure that the child restraint is installed
properly, the seat belt is used properly and the . Do not place any objects on the
If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the occupant is positioned properly. If the passen- steering wheel pad or on the instru-
passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a ger air bag status light is still not illuminated, try ment panel. Also, do not place any
crash. However, heavy objects placed on the a different child restraint. objects between any occupant and
seat could result in air bag inflation, because of the steering wheel or instrument
the object being detected by the occupant If the passenger air bag status light will not
panel. Such objects may become
classification sensor. Other conditions could illuminate even though you believe that the child
also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are dangerous projectiles and cause
standing on the seat, or if two children are on the properly positioned, the system may be sensing injury if the front air bag inflates.
seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual. an unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is . Do not place objects with sharp
Always be sure that you and all vehicle OFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that the edges on the seat. Also, do not
occupants are seated and restrained properly. system is OFF by using a special tool. However, place heavy objects on the seat that
until you have confirmed with your dealer that will leave permanent impressions in
Using the passenger air bag status light, you can your air bag is working properly, do not transport
monitor when the front passenger air bag is the seat. Such objects can damage
a child in this vehicle.
automatically turned OFF with the seat occu- the seat or occupant classification
pied. The light will not illuminate when the front The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and sensor (pattern sensor). This can
passenger seat is unoccupied. passenger air bag status light will take a few affect the operation of the air bag
seconds to register a change in the passenger system and result in serious perso-
If an adult occupant is in the seat but the seat status. However, if the seat becomes
passenger air bag status light is illuminated nal injury.
unoccupied, the air bag status light will remain
(indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could be off. . Do not use water or acidic cleaners
that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting (hot steam cleaners) on the seat.
on the seat properly. If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air This can damage the seat or occu-
bag system, the supplemental air bag warning pant classification sensor. This can
If a child restraint must be used in the front seat, light , located in the meter and gauges area
the passenger air bag status light may or may also affect the operation of the air
will blink. Have the system checked by a
not be illuminated, depending on the size of the bag system and result in serious
NISSAN dealer.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

53. Black plate (48,1)
personal injury. serious personal injury. For exam- devices should not be used on the
. Immediately after inflation, several ple, do not change the front seats by air bag system.
front air bag system components placing material on the seat cushion . A cracked windshield should be
will be hot. Do not touch them; you or by installing additional trim ma- replaced immediately by a qualified
may severely burn yourself. terial, such as seat covers, on the repair facility. A cracked windshield
seat that is not specifically designed could affect the function of the
. No unauthorized changes should be
to assure proper air bag operation. supplemental air bag system.
made to any components or wiring
Additionally, do not stow any ob-
of the air bag system. This is to . The SRS wiring harness connectors
jects under the front passenger seat
prevent accidental inflation of the are yellow and orange for easy
or the seat cushion and seatback.
supplemental air bag or damage to identification.
Such objects may interfere with the
the supplemental air bag system.
proper operation of the occupant When selling your vehicle, we request that you
. Do not make unauthorized changes classification sensor. inform the buyer about the front air bag system
to your vehicle’s electrical system,
. No unauthorized changes should be and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections
suspension system or front end in this Owner’s Manual.
made to any components or wiring
structure. This could affect proper
of the seat belt system. This may
operation of the front air bag sys-
affect the front air bag system.
tem.
Tampering with the seat belt system
. Tampering with the front air bag may result in serious personal in-
system may result in serious perso- jury.
nal injury. Tampering includes
. Work on and around the front air
changes to the steering wheel and
bag system should be done by a
the instrument panel assembly by
NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-
placing material over the steering
trical equipment should also be
wheel pad and above the instrument
done by a NISSAN dealer. The
panel or by installing additional trim
Supplemental Restraint System
material around the air bag system.
(SRS) wiring should not be modified
. Modifying or tampering with the or disconnected. Unauthorized elec-
front passenger seat may result in trical test equipment and probing
1-34 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

54. Black plate (49,1)
collisions, although they may inflate if the forces as far away as practical from the door finishers
in another type of collision are similar to those of and side roof rails. The side air bags and curtain
a higher severity side impact. They are designed air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect
to inflate on the side where the vehicle is the out-of-position occupants. Because of this,
impacted. They may not inflate in certain side the force of the side air bags and curtain air
collisions on the side where the vehicle is bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the
impacted. occupant is too close to, or is against, these air
bag modules during inflation. The side air bags
Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an and curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the
indication of proper supplemental side air bag collision is over.
and curtain air bag operation.
The side air bags and curtain air bags operate
When side air bags and curtain air bags inflate, a only when the ignition switch is in the ON
fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by position.
release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and
SSS0953 does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken After pushing the ignition switch to the ON
not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and position, the supplemental air bag warning
FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM- choking. Those with a history of a breathing light illuminates. The air bag warning light
PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND condition should get fresh air promptly. will turn off after about 7 seconds if the
ROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM- systems are operational.
PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYS- Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,
help to cushion the impact force on the chest
TEMS and pelvis of the front occupants. Curtain air WARNING
The side air bags are located in the outside of bags help to cushion the impact force to the
the seatback of the front seats. The curtain air head of occupants. They can help save lives and . Do not place any objects near the
bags are located in the side roof rails. These reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating seatback of the front seats. Also, do
systems are designed to meet voluntary guide- side air bags and curtain air bags may cause not place any objects (an umbrella,
lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out-of- abrasions or other injuries. Side air bags and bag, etc.) between the front door
position occupants. However, all of the curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the finisher and the front seat. Such
information, cautions and warnings in this lower body. objects may become dangerous
manual still apply and must be followed. projectiles and cause injury if a side
The side air bags and curtain air bags are The seat belts should be correctly worn and the
driver and passenger seated upright as far as air bag inflates.
designed to inflate in higher severity side
practical away from the side air bag, and seated
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

55. Black plate (50,1)
. Right after inflation, several side air stallation of electrical equipment necessary, replaced by a NISSAN
bags and curtain air bag system should also be done by a NISSAN dealer.
components will be hot. Do not dealer. The SRS wiring harnesses* . No unauthorized changes should be
touch them; you may severely burn should not be modified or discon- made to any components or wiring
yourself. nected. Unauthorized electrical test of the pretensioner system. This is
. No unauthorized changes should be equipment and probing devices to prevent damage to or accidental
made to any components or wiring should not be used on the side- activation of the pretensioners.
of side air bag and curtain air bag impact air bag system. Tampering with the pretensioner
systems. This is to prevent acciden- system may result in serious perso-
* The SRS wiring harnesses connectors
tal inflation of the side air bag and nal injury.
are yellow and orange for easy identi-
curtain air bag or damage to side air fication. . Work around and on the preten-
bag and curtain air bag systems. sioner system should be done by a
. Do not make unauthorized changes When selling your vehicle, we request that you NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-
inform the buyer about the side air bag and
to your vehicle’s electrical system, trical equipment should also be
curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to
suspension system or side panel. the appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual. done by a NISSAN dealer. Un-
This could affect proper operation authorized electrical test equipment
of the side air bag and curtain air SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS and probing devices should not be
bag systems. (front seats) used on the pretensioner system.
. Tampering with the air bag system . If you need to dispose of the
may result in serious personal in- WARNING pretensioner or scrap the vehicle,
jury. For example, do not change the contact a NISSAN dealer. Correct
front seats by placing material near . The pretensioners cannot be reused pretensioner disposal procedures
the seatback or by installing addi- after activation. They must be re- are set forth in the appropriate
tional trim material, such as seat placed together with the retractor NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect
covers, around the side air bags. and buckle as a unit. disposal procedures could cause
. Work around and on the side air bag . If the vehicle becomes involved in a personal injury.
and curtain air bag systems should frontal collision but a pretensioner
is not activated, be sure to have the The pretensioner system activates in conjunc-
be done by a NISSAN dealer. In-
pretensioner system checked and, if tion with the front air bag system. Working with
1-36 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

56. Black plate (51,1)
the seat belt retractor, it helps tighten the seat sections in this Owner’s Manual.
belt when the vehicle becomes involved in
certain types of collisions, helping to restrain
front seat occupants.
The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt
retractor. These seat belts are used the same
way as conventional seat belts.
When a pretensioner seat belt activates, smoke
is released and a loud noise may be heard. The
smoke is not harmful, and it does not indicate a
fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it as it
may cause irritation and choking. Those with a
history of a breathing condition should get fresh
air promptly. SSS0930
After pretensioner activation, load limiters allow SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING
the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to LABELS
reduce forces against the chest.
Warning labels about the supplemental front-
If any abnormality occurs in the pretensioner impact air bag and front seat-mounted side-
system, the supplemental air bag warning light impact air bag are placed in the vehicle as
will not come on, will flash intermittently or shown in the illustration.
will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after
the ignition switch has been pushed to the ON * SRS air bag
1
position. In this case, the pretensioner system The warning labels are located on the surface of
may not function properly. They must be the sun visors.
checked and repaired. Take your vehicle to the
nearest NISSAN dealer. * SRS side-impact air bag
2
When selling your vehicle, we request that you The warning label is located on the side of the
inform the buyer about the seat belt preten- passenger’s side center pillar.
sioners and guide the buyer to the appropriate
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

57. Black plate (52,1)
the supplemental air bag warning light illumi- vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as
nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. possible.
This means the system is operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the front REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO-
air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and CEDURE
pretensioner systems need servicing: The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags
. The supplemental air bag warning light and pretensioners are designed to activate on a
remains on approximately 7 seconds after one-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it is
the ignition switch is pushed to the ON damaged, the supplemental air bag warning light
position. will remain illuminated after inflation has oc-
curred. Repair and replacement of these sys-
. The supplemental air bag warning light tems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer.
flashes intermittently.
When maintenance work is required on the
SPA1097 . The supplemental air bag warning light does vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain
not come on at all. air bags, pretensioners and related parts should
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING be pointed out to the person conducting the
LIGHT Under these conditions, the front air bag, side air
maintenance. The ignition switch should always
bag, curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may
The supplemental air bag warning light, display- be in the LOCK position when working under
not operate properly. They must be checked and
ing in the instrument panel, monitors the the hood or inside the vehicle.
repaired. Take your vehicle to the nearest
circuits of the supplemental front-impact air bag, NISSAN dealer.
front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental WARNING
air bag, roof-mounted curtain side-impact sup-
plemental air bag, and seat belt pretensioner WARNING . Once a front air bag, side air bag, or
systems. The monitored circuits include the Air curtain air bag has inflated, the air
bag Control Unit (ACU), satellite sensors, crash If the supplemental air bag warning
light is on, it could mean that the front bag module will not function again
zone sensor, occupant classification system,
air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and must be replaced. Additionally,
front air bag modules, side air bag modules,
curtain air bag modules, pretensioners and all and/or pretensioner systems will not if any of the front air bags inflate,
related wiring. operate in an accident. To help avoid the activated pretensioner must
injury to yourself or others, have your also be replaced. The air bag mod-
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, ule and pretensioner system should
1-38 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

58. Black plate (53,1)
be replaced by a NISSAN dealer.
The air bag module and preten-
sioner system cannot be repaired.
. The front air bag, side air bag and
curtain air bag systems and the
pretensioner system should be in-
spected by a NISSAN dealer if there
is any damage to the front end or
side portion of the vehicle.
. If you need to dispose of the
supplemental air bag or preten-
sioner systems or scrap the vehicle,
contact a NISSAN dealer. Correct
supplemental air bag and seat belt
pretensioner system disposal pro-
cedures are set forth in the appro-
priate NISSAN Service Manual.
Incorrect disposal procedures could
cause personal injury.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

59. Black plate (54,1)
MEMO
1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

60. Black plate (7,1)
2 Instruments and controls
Cockpit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Fog light switch (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Tachometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Heated seats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Triple meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Instrument pocket (except for navigation system
Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 equipped models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Cup holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Vehicle information display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Rear parcel box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Indicators for operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Cargo cover (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
Warnings and alerts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Indicators for maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Trip computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Security systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Interior light control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Vanity mirror lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Cargo room light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Rear window defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (if so equipped) . . . . 2-44
Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Programming HomeLink® for Canadian
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

61. Black plate (8,1)
Operating the HomeLink® Universal Clearing the programmed information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button . . . . . . . . 2-46
Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

62. Black plate (56,1)
COCKPIT
9. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
— ENTER or tuning switch (P.4-56)
— BACK switch (P.4-56)
— Phone switch (if so equipped) (P.4-58)
— Volume control switches (P.4-56)
— Source select switch (P.4-56)
10. Tilt steering lever (P.3-22)
11. Steering wheel
— Horn (P.2-33)
— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-25)
12. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
— Cruise control switches (P.5-20)
13. Selector lever for automatic transmission (P.5-11)/
Shift lever for manual transmission (P.5-15)
14. Parking brake (P.5-19)
SSI0507
1. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch 5. Windshield wiper and washer switch (P.2-26)
(P.5-27) 6. Hood release handle (P.3-16)
2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch (P.2-28) 7. Intelligent Key port (P.5-9)
3. Meters and Gauges (combimeter) (P.2-4) 8. Paddle shifter (if so equipped) (P.5-13)
4. Triple meter (P.2-7)
2-2 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

63. Black plate (57,1)
INSTRUMENT PANEL
9. Heater and air conditioner (P.4-17)
— Rear window defroster switch (P.2-28)
10. Audio system (P.4-23)
11. Power outlet (P.2-35)
12. Glove box (P.2-37)
*: Refer to the separate Navigation System
Owner’s Manual.
SSI0508
1. Ventilator (P.4-16) 3. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-31)
2. Center display and multi-function control panel 4. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-25)
(P.4-2)/Instrument pocket (P.2-36) 5. Fuse box cover (P.8-20)
— Navigation system* (if so equipped)
6. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-7)
— Vehicle information and setting buttons
(if so equipped) (P.4-7) 7. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-32)
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System 8. SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) switch
(if so equipped) (P.4-58) (if so equipped) (P.5-16)
Instruments and controls 2-3
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

64. Black plate (58,1)
METERS AND GAUGES
SSI0521
10. Odometer/Twin trip odometer control knob (P.2-5)
11. Odometer/Twin trip odometer (P.2-5)
12. Engine oil temperature gauge (P.2-7)
13. Voltmeter (P.2-7)
14. Clock (P.2-7, P.2-22)
SSI0509
1. ENTER/NEXT switch (P.2-19) 7. Vehicle information display (P.2-15)
2. Fuel gauge (P.2-6) 8. Engine coolant temperature gauge
3. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-8) (P.2-6)
4. Tachometer (P.2-5) 9. Transmission position indicator (if so equipped)
(P.2-12)
5. Speedometer (P.2-5)
— SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) indicator
6. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-31) (if so equipped) (P.5-16)
2-4 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

65. Black plate (59,1)
Changing the display:
Pushing the TRIP A/B RESET knob *
3
changes the display as follows:
TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A
Resetting the trip odometer:
Pushing the TRIP A/B RESET knob * for more
3
than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero.
SIC3973 SIC3974
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER TACHOMETER
Speedometer The tachometer indicates engine speed in
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in revolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev the
miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour engine into the red zone * .1
(km/h).
CAUTION
Odometer/twin trip odometer
The odometer * and twin trip odometer *
1 2 When engine speed approaches the red
are displayed when the ignition switch is in the zone, shift to a higher gear or reduce
ON position. engine speed. Operating the engine in
the red zone may cause serious engine
The odometer records the total distance the
vehicle has been driven. damage.
The twin trip odometer records the distance of
individual trips.
Instruments and controls 2-5
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

66. Black plate (60,1)
CAUTION
If the gauge indicates engine coolant
temperature near the hot (H) end of the
normal range, reduce vehicle speed to
decrease temperature. If gauge is over
the normal range, stop the vehicle as
soon as safely possible. If the engine is
overheated, continued operation of the
vehicle may seriously damage the en-
gine. See “IF YOUR VEHICLE OVER-
HEATS” in the “6. In case of emergency”
section for immediate action required.
SIC3975 SIC3976
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FUEL GAUGE
GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level
The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem- in the tank.
perature.
The gauge may move slightly during braking,
The engine coolant temperature is within the turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.
normal range when the gauge points within the
zone * shown in the illustration.
1
Refill the fuel tank before the gauge
registers “E” (Empty).
The engine coolant temperature varies with the
The low fuel warning appears on the
outside air temperature and driving conditions.
vehicle information display when the amount of
fuel in the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as
it is convenient, preferably before the gauge
reaches “E”. There will be a small reserve of fuel
in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches “E”.
2-6 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

67. Black plate (61,1)
The indicates that the fuel-filler door is temperature is high may result in engine
located on the passenger’s side of the vehicle. damage.
Voltmeter
CAUTION When the ignition switch is turned to the ON
. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the position, the volt meter * indicates the battery
2
malfunction indicator light voltage. When the engine is running, it indicates
the generator voltage.
(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon
as possible. After a few driving trips, While cranking the engine, the volts drop below
the light should turn off. If the the normal range. If the needle is not in the
light remains on after a few driving normal range (11 to 15 volts) while the engine is
trips, have the vehicle inspected by running, it may indicate that the charging system
a NISSAN dealer. is not functioning properly. Have the system
checked by a NISSAN dealer.
. For additional information, see SIC4003
“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” Triple meter Clock
1. Engine oil temperature gauge
later in this section. 2. Voltmeter If necessary, adjust the clock * on the setting
3
3. Clock
screen of the vehicle information display. (See
“CLOCK” later in this section.)
TRIPLE METER
If the power supply is disconnected, the clock
Engine oil temperature gauge will not indicate the correct time. Readjust the
If the engine oil temperature gauge *1 time.
indicates more than 2808F (1408C) while
driving, reduce the engine speed (RPM)
and drive at a slow speed.
When the engine oil temperature is high,
the engine protection mode, which helps
reduce the chance of engine damage,
could activate and automatically decrease
engine power. Driving while the engine oil
Instruments and controls 2-7
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

68. Black plate (62,1)
WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND
AUDIBLE REMINDERS
Low tire pressure warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
light
Master warning light Rear fog light indicator light*
Automatic transmission check warning light* Seat belt warning light and chime Security indicator light
Supplemental air bag warning light Slip indicator light
Brake warning light
Transmission position indicator* Small light indicator light
SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) indi-
Charge warning light Cruise indicator light*
cator*
Engine oil pressure warning light Front passenger air bag status light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator
Intelligent Key system warning light High beam indicator light (blue)
light
*: if so equipped
CHECKING BULBS The following lights come on briefly and then go Some indicators and warnings are also dis-
off (if so equipped): played on the vehicle information display. (See
With all doors closed, apply the parking brake “VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY” later in
and push the ignition switch to the ON position , or , , , , , this section.)
without starting the engine. The following lights
If any light does not come on, it may indicate a
will come on (if so equipped):
burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the
, or , , , electrical system. Have the system checked by
a NISSAN dealer.
2-8 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

69. Black plate (63,1)
WARNING LIGHTS the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the
or Brake warning light brake system checked, and if necessary re-
paired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See
or Anti-lock Braking System This light functions for both the parking brake “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”
(ABS) warning light and the foot brake systems. earlier in this section.)
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, Parking brake indicator:
the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
WARNING
light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates the light comes on when the parking brake is
the ABS is operational. . Your brake system may not be
applied.
working properly if the warning light
If the ABS warning light illuminates while the Low brake fluid warning light: is on. Driving could be dangerous. If
engine is running, or while driving, it may you judge it to be safe, drive care-
indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
fully to the nearest service station
Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If the
light comes on while the engine is running with for repairs. Otherwise, have your
If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle vehicle towed because driving it
function is turned off. The brake system then and perform the following: could be dangerous.
operates normally, but without anti-lock assis-
1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid . Pressing the brake pedal with the
tance. (See “BRAKE SYSTEM” in the “5.
Starting and driving” section.) as necessary. (See “BRAKE AND CLUTCH engine stopped and/or low brake
FLUID” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it- fluid level may increase your stop-
yourself” section.) ping distance and braking will re-
Automatic transmission check quire greater pedal effort as well as
warning light (if so equipped) 2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the pedal travel.
warning system checked by a NISSAN
When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON dealer. . If the brake fluid level is below the
position, the light comes on for 2 seconds. If the minimum or MIN mark on the brake
light comes on at any other time, it may indicate Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning fluid reservoir, do not drive until the
the transmission is not functioning properly. indicator: brake system has been checked at a
Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair When the parking brake is released and the NISSAN dealer.
the transmission. brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake
warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate
Instruments and controls 2-9
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

70. Black plate (64,1)
pressure warning light on could cause functioning properly.
Charge warning light serious damage to the engine almost
If the light comes on while the engine is running, After the ignition switch is pushed ON, this light
immediately. Such damage is not cov- illuminates for about 1 second and turns off.
it may indicate the charging system is not ered by warranty. Turn off the engine as
functioning properly. Turn the engine off and Low tire pressure warning:
soon as it is safe to do so.
check the alternator belt. If the belt is loose,
broken, missing or if the light remains on, see a If the vehicle is being driven with low tire
NISSAN dealer immediately. pressure, the warning light will illuminate.
Intelligent Key system warning light
When the low tire pressure warning light
CAUTION After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON illuminates, you should stop and adjust the tire
position, this light comes on for about 2 seconds pressure to the recommended COLD tire
Do not continue driving if the alternator and then turns off. pressure shown on the Tire and Loading
belt is loose, broken or missing. Information label. The low tire pressure warning
This light warns of a malfunction with the light does not automatically turn off when the tire
electrical steering lock system or the Intelligent pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to
Engine oil pressure warning light Key system. the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be
If the light comes on while the engine is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to
This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If the stopped, it may be impossible to free the activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire
light flickers or comes on during normal driving, steering lock or to start the engine. If the light pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure
pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engine comes on while the engine is running, you can gauge to check the tire pressure.
immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other drive the vehicle. However in these cases,
authorized repair shop. For additional information, see “TIRE PRES-
contact a NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as SURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the
The engine oil pressure warning light is possible. “5. Starting and driving” section and “TIRE
not designed to indicate a low oil level. PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)”
Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See Low tire pressure warning light in the “6. In case of emergency” section.
“ENGINE OIL” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-
yourself” section.) Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure TPMS malfunction:
Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low
pressure of all tires except the spare.
CAUTION tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi-
The low tire pressure warning light warns of low mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is
Running the engine with the engine oil tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not pushed ON. The light will remain on after the 1
2-10 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

71. Black plate (65,1)
minute. Have the system checked by a NISSAN tire pressure warning light OFF. If correctly.
dealer. the light still illuminates while driv- . Be sure to install the specified size
For additional information, see “TIRE PRES- ing after adjusting the tire pressure, of tires to the four wheels correctly.
SURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the a tire may be flat. If you have a flat
“5. Starting and driving” section. tire, replace it with a spare tire as
soon as possible. Master warning light
WARNING . When a spare tire is mounted or a When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not the master warning light illuminates if any of the
. If the light does not illuminate with function and the low tire pressure following are displayed on the vehicle informa-
the ignition switch pushed ON, have warning light will flash for approxi- tion display:
the vehicle checked by a NISSAN mately 1 minute. The light will . No key warning
dealer as soon as possible. remain on after the 1 minute. Con-
. If the light illuminates while driving, tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as . Low fuel warning
avoid sudden steering maneuvers or possible for tire replacement and/or . Low washer fluid warning
abrupt braking, reduce vehicle system resetting.
speed, pull off the road to a safe . Parking brake release warning
. Replacing tires with those not ori-
location and stop the vehicle as ginally specified by NISSAN could . Door/rear hatch open warning
soon as possible. Driving with un- affect the proper operation of the
der-inflated tires may permanently See “VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY” later
TPMS. in this section.
damage the tires and increase the
likelihood of tire failure. Serious
vehicle damage could occur and CAUTION Seat belt warning light and chime
may lead to an accident and could
The light and chime remind you to fasten seat
result in serious personal injury. . The TPMS is not a substitute for the
belts. The light illuminates whenever the ignition
Check the tire pressure for all four regular tire pressure check. Be sure switch is pushed to the ON position, and will
tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the to check the tire pressure regularly. remain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt is
recommended COLD tire pressure . If the vehicle is being driven at fastened. At the same time, the chime will sound
shown on the Tire and Loading speeds of less than 16 MPH (25 for about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt
Information label to turn the low km/h), the TPMS may not operate is securely fastened.
Instruments and controls 2-11
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

72. Black plate (66,1)
The seat belt warning light for the front not come on at all.
passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not Cruise indicator light
fastened when the front passenger’s seat is Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemental
occupied. For 5 seconds after the ignition Restraint Systems and/or the pretensioner seat Cruise main switch indicator:
switch is in the ON position, the system does belt may not function properly.
not activate the warning light for the front This light illuminates when the cruise control
For additional information, see “SUPPLEMEN- main switch is pushed. The light turns off when
passenger. TAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM” in the “1. Safety — the main switch is pushed again. When the
See “SEAT BELTS” in the “1. Safety — Seats, Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint cruise main switch indicator light illuminates, the
seat belts and supplemental restraint system” system” section. cruise control system is operational. (See
section for precautions on seat belt usage. “CRUISE CONTROL” in the “5. Starting and
WARNING driving” section.)
Supplemental air bag warning light Cruise malfunction:
If the supplemental air bag warning
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON light is on, it could mean that the front If the cruise indicator light blinks while the
position, the supplemental air bag warning light air bag, side air bag and curtain air bag engine is running, it may indicate the cruise
will illuminate. The air bag warning light will turn systems and/or pretensioner system control system is not functioning properly. Have
off after about 7 seconds if the front air bag, side will not operate in an accident. To help the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. (See
air bag and curtain air bag systems and/or avoid injury to yourself or others, have “CRUISE CONTROL” in the “5. Starting and
pretensioner system are operational. your vehicle checked by a dealer as driving” section.)
If any of the following conditions occur, the front soon as possible.
air bag, side air bag and curtain air bag systems Front passenger air bag status
and/or pretensioner system need servicing, and INDICATOR LIGHTS light
your vehicle must be taken to your nearest
NISSAN dealer. The front passenger air bag status light ( ),
Transmission position indicator located on the center of the instrument panel,
. The supplemental air bag warning light (if so equipped) will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be
remains on after approximately 7 seconds. OFF depending on how the front passenger
When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON seat is being used.
. The supplemental air bag warning light position, the indicator shows the transmission
flashes intermittently. position. (See “DRIVING THE VEHICLE” in the For front passenger air bag status light opera-
. The supplemental air bag warning light does “5. Starting and driving” section.) tion, see “NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG
SYSTEM (front seats)” in the “1. Safety —
2-12 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

73. Black plate (67,1)
Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint only)” in the “9. Technical and consumer The malfunction indicator light may stop
system” section of this manual. information” section.) blinking and remain on.
Operation: Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN
High beam indicator light (blue) dealer. You do not need to have your vehicle
The malfunction indicator light will come on in towed to the dealer.
This light comes on when the headlight high one of two ways:
beam is on and goes out when the low beam is
selected. . Malfunction indicator light on steady — An CAUTION
emission control system malfunction has
been detected. Check the fuel-filler cap. If Continued vehicle operation without
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tighten having the emission control system
or install the cap and continue to drive the checked and repaired as necessary
If the malfunction indicator light comes on vehicle. The light should turn off after a
steady or blinks while the engine is running, it could lead to poor driveability, reduced
few driving trips. If the light does not fuel economy, and possible damage to
may indicate a potential emission control mal- turn off after a few driving trips, have the
function. the emission control system.
vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer. You
The malfunction indicator light may also come on do not need to have your vehicle towed to
steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, or the dealer.
Rear fog light indicator light (if so
if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make . Malfunction indicator light blinking — An equipped)
sure the fuel-filler cap is installed and closed engine misfire has been detected which may
tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3 US damage the emission control system. The rear fog light indicator light illuminates when
gallons (14 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank. the rear fog light is on. (See “FOG LIGHT
To reduce or avoid emission control system SWITCH” later in this section.)
After a few driving trips, the light should damage:
turn off if no other potential emission control
system malfunction exists. a) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH Security indicator light
(72 km/h).
If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the
and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine b) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration. ACC, OFF or LOCK position. This function
is not running, it indicates that the vehicle is not indicates the security system equipped on the
ready for an emission control system inspection/ c) Avoid steep uphill grades.
vehicle is operational.
maintenance test. (See “READINESS FOR d) If possible, reduce the amount of cargo
INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (US being hauled or towed. If the security system is malfunctioning, this light
Instruments and controls 2-13
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

74. Black plate (68,1)
will remain on while the ignition switch is in the vehicle.
ON position. For additional information, see Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off
“SECURITY SYSTEMS” later in this section. indicator light Light reminder chime
A chime will sound when the driver side door is
The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic opened with the light switch in the or
Slip indicator light control off switch is pushed to OFF. This position and the ignition switch in the ACC, OFF
This indicator will blink when the VDC system or indicates that the vehicle dynamic control or LOCK position.
the traction control system is operating, thus system and traction control system are not
operating. When the vehicle dynamic control Turn the light switch off when you leave the
alerting the driver to the fact that the road vehicle.
surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its off indicator light and slip indicator light come on
traction limits. with the vehicle dynamic control system turned
on, this light alerts the driver to the fact that the
Parking brake reminder chime
vehicle dynamic control system’s fail-safe mode A chime will sound if the vehicle speed is above
Small light indicator light is operating, for example the vehicle dynamic 4 MPH (7 km/h) with the parking brake applied.
control system may not be functioning properly. Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake.
The light illuminates when the headlight switch is Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
turned to the position. If an abnormality occurs in the system, the
Brake pad wear warning
vehicle dynamic control system function will be The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-
SynchroRev match mode canceled but the vehicle is still driveable. For ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it
(S-MODE) indicator additional information, see “VEHICLE DYNAMIC will make a high pitched scraping sound when
CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM” in the “5. Starting the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will
(if so equipped) first occur only when the brake pedal is
and driving” section of this manual.
This indicator will illuminate when the SynchroR- depressed. After more wear of the brake pad
ev match mode (S-MODE) is activated. (“Syn- AUDIBLE REMINDERS the sound will always be heard even if the brake
chroRev Match mode (S-MODE) (if so equipped pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes
Key reminder chime checked as soon as possible if the warning
for Manual Transmission models)” in the “5.
Starting and driving” section) A chime will sound if the driver side door is sound is heard.
opened while the ignition switch is pushed to
the ACC position or pushed to the OFF or
Turn signal/hazard indicator lights LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the
Intelligent Key port. Make sure the ignition
The light flashes when the turn signal switch switch is pushed to the OFF position, and take
lever or hazard switch is turned on. the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the
2-14 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

75. Black plate (69,1)
VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
SIC3977
The vehicle information display *
1 displays the
warnings and information.
SIC3991
INDICATORS FOR OPERATION pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal
depressed.
1. Engine start operation indicator
This indicator appears when the selector lever is 2. Steering lock release malfunction
in the P (Park) position. indicator
This indicator appears when the steering wheel
This indicator means that the engine will start by cannot be released from the LOCK position.
Instruments and controls 2-15
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

76. Black plate (70,1)
If this indicator appears, push the push-button Unregistered key: To push the ignition switch to the OFF position,
ignition switch while lightly turning the steering perform the following procedure:
wheel right and left. The warning appears when the ignition switch is
pushed from the LOCK position and the key SHIFT “P” warning ? (Move the selector
3. Key insertion indicator cannot be recognized by the system. You cannot lever to “P”) ? PUSH warning ? (Push the
This indicator appears when the key needs to be start the engine with an unregistered key. Use ignition switch ? ignition switch position is
inserted into the key port. the registered key. turned to ON) ? PUSH warning ? (Push the
ignition switch ? ignition switch position is
If this indicator appears, insert the key into the See “INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM” in the “3. turned to OFF)
key port in the correct direction. (See “PUSH- Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section for
BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH” in the “5. Start- more details. 8. Key battery discharge indicator
ing and driving” section.) 6. SHIFT “P” warning This indicator appears when the key battery is
running out of power.
4. Key removal indicator This warning appears when the ignition switch is
This indicator appears when the driver’s door is pushed to stop the engine with the selector lever If this indicator appears, replace the battery with
opened with the ignition switch in the OFF or in any position except the P (Park) position. a new one. (See “INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY
LOCK position and the key placed in the key REPLACEMENT” in the “8. Maintenance and
If this warning appears, move the selector lever do-it-yourself” section.)
port. A key reminder chime also sounds. to the P (Park) position or push the ignition
If this indicator appears, remove the key from the switch to the ON position. 9. Engine start operation indicator
key port and take it with you when leaving the An inside warning chime will also sound. (See (Manual Transmission models)
vehicle. “INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM” in the “3. Pre- This indicator means that the engine will start by
driving checks and adjustments” section.) pushing the ignition switch with the clutch pedal
5. NO KEY warning depressed.
This warning appears in either of the following 7. “PUSH” warning
conditions. This warning appears when the selector lever is
No key inside the vehicle: moved to the P (Park) position with the ignition
switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT “P”
The warning appears when the door is closed warning appears.
with the key left outside the vehicle and the
ignition switch in the ACC or ON position. Make
sure that the key is inside the vehicle.
2-16 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

77. Black plate (71,1)
There is a small reserve of fuel remaining
in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches
the empty (E) position.
3. Low washer fluid warning
This warning appears when the washer tank fluid
is at a low level. Add washer fluid as necessary.
(See “WINDOW WASHER FLUID” in the “8.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)
4. Door/rear hatch open warning (ignition
switch is in the ON position)
This warning appears if any of the doors and/or
the rear hatch are open or not closed securely.
The vehicle icon indicates which door is open on
the display.
5. “Time to rest” indicator
This indicator appears when the set “time to
rest” indicator activates. You can set the time for
up to 6 hours. (See “TRIP COMPUTER” later in
this section.)
SIC4027
6. Low outside temperature warning
This warning appears if the outside temperature
WARNINGS AND ALERTS 2. Low fuel warning is below 378F (38C). The warning can be set not
to be displayed. (See “TRIP COMPUTER” later
This warning appears when the fuel level in the
1. Parking brake release warning tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is
in this section.)
This warning appears when the vehicle speed is convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge 7. SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE)
above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and the parking brake is reaches the empty (E) position.
applied.
warning
This warning appears if a system malfunction
Instruments and controls 2-17
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

78. Black plate (72,1)
occurs. When the warning appears, the S- 2. Oil filter replacement indicator
MODE function will not operate, but the manual This indicator appears when the set time comes
transmission will operate normally and driving for replacing the oil filter. You can set or reset
can be continued. Have the system checked by the distance for replacing the oil filter. (See
a NISSAN dealer. “TRIP COMPUTER” later in this section.)
3. Tire replacement indicator
This indicator appears when the set time comes
for replacing tires. You can set or reset the
distance for replacing tires. (See “TRIP COM-
PUTER” later in this section.)
4. “OTHER” indicator
This indicator appears when the set time comes
for replacing items other than the engine oil, oil
filter and tires. You can set or reset the distance
for replacing the items. (See “TRIP COMPU-
TER” later in this section.)
More maintenance reminders are also available
on the center display. (See “HOW TO USE
INFO BUTTON” in the “4. Monitor, heater, air
conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition
SIC4031 systems” section.)
INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE
1. Engine oil replacement indicator
This indicator appears when the set time comes
for changing the engine oil. You can set or reset
the distance for changing the engine oil. (See
“TRIP COMPUTER” later in this section.)
2-18 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

79. Black plate (73,1)
Current fuel consumption ? Average fuel
consumption and speed ? Elapsed time and
trip odometer ? Distance to empty ? Outside
air temperature ? Setting ? Warning check
SIC3978 SIC3673
TRIP COMPUTER Current fuel consumption (MPG or l
Switches for the trip computer are located on (liter)/100 km)
the left side of the combination meter panel. To The current fuel consumption mode shows the
operate the trip computer, push the switches as current fuel consumption.
shown above.
*
A ENTER switch
*
B NEXT switch
When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
position, modes of the trip computer can be
selected by pushing the switch * .
A
Each time the switch * is pushed, the
A
display will change as follows:
Instruments and controls 2-19
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

80. Black plate (74,1)
Speed:
The average speed mode shows the average
vehicle speed since the last reset. Resetting is
done by pushing the switch * for longer
B
than 1 second. (The average fuel consumption is
also reset at the same time.)
The display is updated every 30 seconds. The
first 30 seconds after a reset, the display shows
“——”.
SIC3674 SIC3675
Average fuel consumption (MPG or l Elapsed time and trip odometer (MILES
(liter)/100 km) and speed (MPH or km/h) or km)
Fuel consumption: Elapsed time:
The average fuel consumption mode shows the The elapsed time mode shows the time since
average fuel consumption since the last reset. the last reset. The displayed time can be reset
Resetting is done by pushing the switch *
B by pushing the switch * for longer than
B
for longer than 1 second. (The average speed is 1 second. (The trip odometer is also reset at the
also reset at the same time.) same time.)
The display is updated every 30 seconds. At Trip odometer:
about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a reset, the
display shows “——”. The trip odometer mode shows the total
distance the vehicle has been driven since the
last reset. Resetting is done by pushing the
switch * for longer than 1 second. (The
B
elapsed time is also reset at the same time.)
2-20 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

81. Black plate (75,1)
pushed to the OFF position may continue to
be displayed.
. When driving uphill or rounding curves, the
fuel in the tank shifts, which may momenta-
rily change the display.
SIC3676 SIC4037
Distance to empty (MILES or km) Outside air temperature (8F or 8C)
The distance to empty (dte) mode provides you The outside air temperature is displayed in 8F or
with an estimation of the distance that can be 8C in the range of −22 to 1318F (−30 to 558C).
driven before refueling. The dte is constantly
being calculated, based on the amount of fuel in The outside air temperature mode includes a low
the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption. temperature warning feature. If the outside air
temperature is below 378F (38C), the warning
The display is updated every 30 seconds. “ICY” is displayed on the screen.
The dte mode includes a low range warning The outside temperature sensor is located in
feature. If the fuel level is low, the warning is front of the radiator. The sensor may be affected
displayed on the screen. by road or engine heat, wind directions and
other driving conditions. The display may differ
When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte from the actual outside temperature or the
display will change to “——”. temperature displayed on various signs or bill-
. If the amount of fuel added is small, the boards.
display just before the ignition switch is
Instruments and controls 2-21
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

82. Black plate (76,1)
ALERT: to the nearest previous or next hour.
Alert menu can be set to notify the following MAINTENANCE:
items.
The maintenance intervals of the following items
. UPSHIFT can be set or reset for the reminders.
Select this submenu to set the engine speed . ENGINE OIL
(RPM) of the upshift indicator. (See “Upshift
indicator (if so equipped for Manual Trans- Select this submenu to set or reset the
mission models)” in the “5. Starting and distance for changing the engine oil.
driving” section.) . OIL FILTER
. TIMER Select this submenu to set or reset the
Select this submenu to specify when the distance for replacing the oil filter.
SIC3992 “TIME TO REST” indicator activates. . TIRE
Setting . ICY Select this submenu to set or reset the
Setting cannot be made while driving. A Select this submenu to display the low distance for replacing tires.
message “Setting can only be operated outside temperature warning. . OTHER
when stopped” is also displayed on the
vehicle information display. To return to the top page of the setting mode, Select this submenu and set or reset the
select “BACK”. distance for replacing items other than the
The switch * and
A switch * are
B engine oil, oil filter and tires.
used in the setting mode to select and decide a CLOCK:
menu. Clock adjustment can be set on this menu. To return to the top page of the setting mode,
select “BACK”.
SKIP: . SETTING
OPTIONS:
Push the switch *
A to move to the Adjust the time (hour and minute) of the
warning check mode. clock on the triple meter. The 3 option menus can be set to your
preference.
Push the switch * to select other menus.
B . RESET
Select this submenu to set the time quickly
2-22 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

83. Black plate (77,1)
. LANGUAGE SKIP:
Select this submenu to choose English or Push the switch *
A to move to the
French for display. warning check mode.
. UNIT Push the switch * to select other menus.
B
Select this submenu to choose the unit from DETAIL:
MPG or l/100 km.
This item is available only when a warning is
. EFFECTS displayed.
Select this menu to set the dial effects Select this menu to see the details of warnings.
described below to on or off.
— The indicator needles sweep in the
meters when the engine is started.
SIC3993
To return to the top page of the setting mode,
select “BACK”. Warning check
To see if there are any of the following warnings
and corresponding details, select this menu.
. No key warning
. Low fuel warning
. Low washer fluid warning
. Parking brake release warning
. Door/rear hatch open warning
Instruments and controls 2-23
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

84. Black plate (78,1)
SECURITY SYSTEMS
The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot
prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior
or exterior vehicle components in all situations.
Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a
brief period. Never leave your Intelligent Key(s)
in the vehicle, and always lock it when un-
attended. Be aware of your surroundings, and
park in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible.
Many devices offering additional protection,
such as component locks, identification markers,
and tracking systems, are available at auto
supply stores and specialty shops. Your
NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment.
Check with your insurance company to see if
SIC2132 SIC2045
you may be eligible for discounts for various
Your vehicle has two types of security systems, theft protection features. How to arm the vehicle security system
as follows: 1. Close all windows.
. Vehicle security system The system can be armed even if the
. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System windows are open.
The security condition will be shown by the 2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.
security indicator light. 3. Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle.
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM 4. Close all doors, hood and rear hatch. Lock
The vehicle security system provides visual and all doors. The doors can be locked with the
audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors, Intelligent Key, door handle request switch,
hood or rear hatch when the system is armed. It power door lock switch or mechanical key.
is not, however, a motion detection type system 5. Confirm that the security indicator light
that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a comes on. The security indicator light stays
vibration occurs. on for about 30 seconds. The vehicle
2-24 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

85. Black plate (79,1)
security system is now pre-armed. After Intelligent Key, the door handle request two conditions;
about 30 seconds the vehicle security switch or the mechanical key. (Even if the
system automatically shifts into the armed door is opened by releasing the door inside (1) This device may not cause harmful
phase. The security light begins to flash lock knob, the alarm will activate.) interference, and (2) this device must
once every approximately 3 seconds. If, accept any interference received, including
during this 30-second pre-arm time period, . Opening the hood. interference that may cause undesired
the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch is operation of the device.
How to stop an activated alarm
pushed to ACC or ON, the system will not CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-
arm. The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by
pushing the unlock button on the Intelligent Key, PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY
Even when the driver and/or passengers the door handle request switch or using the RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD
are in the vehicle, the system will activate mechanical key. The alarm will not stop if the VOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPER-
with all doors, hood and rear hatch locked ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON ATE THE EQUIPMENT.
with the ignition switch in the LOCK position.
position. When pushing the ignition switch
to the ACC or ON position, the system will If the system does not operate as de-
be released. scribed above, have it checked by a
NISSAN dealer.
Vehicle security system activation
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-
The vehicle security system will give the follow-
ing alarm:
TEM
The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not
. The headlights blink and the horn sounds allow the engine to start without the use of the
intermittently. registered Intelligent Key. Never leave these
. The alarm automatically turns off after keys in the vehicle.
approximately 1 minute. However, the alarm Statement related to section 15 of FCC
reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
again. System (CONT ASSY - CARD SLOT)
The alarm is activated by: This device complies with part 15 of the
. Unlocking the door or opening the rear FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Cana-
hatch without using the button on the da. Operation is subject to the following
Instruments and controls 2-25
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

86. Black plate (80,1)
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
SWITCH
service as soon as possible. Please bring
all Intelligent Keys that you have when WARNING
visiting a NISSAN dealer for service.
In freezing temperatures the washer
solution may freeze on the windshield
and obscure your vision which may lead
to an accident. Warm windshield with
the defroster before you wash the
windshield.
CAUTION
. Do not operate the washer continu-
SIC2045 ously for more than 30 seconds.
Security indicator light . Do not operate the washer if the
reservoir tank is empty.
The security indicator light is located on the
meter panel. It indicates the status of the . Do not fill the window washer
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. reservoir tank with washer fluid
concentrates at full strength. Some
The light blinks after the ignition switch was in
the LOCK position. This function indicates the methyl alcohol based washer fluid
security systems equipped on the vehicle are concentrates may permanently stain
operational. the grille if spilled while filling the
window washer reservoir tank.
If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is
malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
If the light still remains on and/or the
engine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer
for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
2-26 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

87. Black plate (81,1)
. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates the factory default setting. To turn this
with water to the manufacturer’s function on and off, see “HOW TO USE
recommended levels before pouring SETTING BUTTON” in the “4. Monitor,
heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and
the fluid into the window washer
voice recognition systems” section.
reservoir tank. Do not use the
window washer reservoir tank to *
2 Low — continuous low speed operation
mix the washer fluid concentrate
and water.
*
3 High — continuous high speed operation
Push the lever up * to have one sweep
4
operation of the wiper.
Pull the lever toward you * to operate the
5
washer. Then the wiper will also operate several
times.
SIC3787
The windshield wiper and washer operates
when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the
following speed:
*
1 Intermittent — intermittent operation can be
adjusted by turning the knob toward * A
(Slower) or * (Faster).
B
When the speed sensing wiper interval
function (for models with navigation system)
is turned on, the intermittent operation
speed varies in accordance with the vehicle
speed. (For example, when the vehicle
speed is high, the intermittent operation
speed will be faster.)
Note that the function is set to disabled as
Instruments and controls 2-27
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

88. Black plate (82,1)
REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH SWITCH
XENON HEADLIGHTS
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE
. When xenon headlights are on, they
produce a high voltage. To prevent
an electric shock, never attempt to
modify or disassemble. Always have
your xenon headlights replaced at a
NISSAN dealer.
SIC3980
. Xenon headlights provide consider-
SIC3979
Type A Type B ably more light than conventional
To defog/defrost the rear window glass, start the headlights. If they are not correctly
engine and push the switch * on. The
1 aimed, they might temporarily blind
indicator light * will come on. Push the switch
2 an oncoming driver or the driver
again to turn the defroster off. ahead of you and cause a serious
It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 accident. If headlights are not aimed
minutes. correctly, immediately take your ve-
hicle to a NISSAN dealer and have
CAUTION the headlights adjusted correctly.
When cleaning the inner side of the rear When the xenon headlight is initially turned on,
window, be careful not to scratch or its brightness or color varies slightly. However,
the color and brightness will soon stabilize.
damage the rear window defroster.
. The life of xenon headlights will be
shortened by frequent on-off opera-
tion. It is generally desirable not to turn
2-28 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

89. Black plate (83,1)
off the headlights for short intervals
(for example, when the vehicle stops at
a traffic signal). Even when the daytime
running lights are active (Canada only),
the xenon headlights do not turn on.
This way the life of the xenon head-
lights is not reduced.
. If the xenon headlight bulb is close to
burning out, the brightness will drasti-
cally decrease, the light will start
blinking, or the color of the light will
become reddish. If one or more of the
above signs appear, contact a NISSAN
dealer.
SIC3994 SIC3995
HEADLIGHT SWITCH Autolight system
The autolight system allows the headlights to be
Lighting set so they turn on and off automatically.
*
1 Turn the switch to the position:
To set the autolight system:
The front park, side marker, tail, license
plate and instrument lights will come on. 1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the
AUTO position * .
*
2 Turn the switch to the position:
1
Headlights will come on and all the other 2. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
lights remain on.
3. The autolight system automatically turns the
headlights on and off.
To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch
to the OFF, or position.
The autolight system can turn on the headlights
Instruments and controls 2-29
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

90. Black plate (84,1)
automatically when it is dark and turn off the
headlights when it is light.
If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF
position and one of the doors is opened and this
condition is continued, the headlights remain on
for 5 minutes.
Automatic headlights off delay:
You can keep the headlights on for up to 180
seconds after you push the ignition switch to
OFF and open any door then close all the doors.
You can adjust the period of the automatic
headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to
180 seconds. The factory default setting is 45 SIC3784A SIC3996
seconds. Be sure not to put anything on top of the Headlight beam select
For automatic headlights off delay setting, see photo sensor * located on the top of the
A
“Auto Headlights Off Delay” in the “4. Monitor, instrument panel. The photo sensor con- *
1 To select the low beam, put the lever in the
trols the autolight; if it is covered, the neutral position as shown.
heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice
recognition systems” section. photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the
headlights will illuminate.
*
2 To select the high beam, push the lever
forward while the switch is in the
position. Pull it back to select the low beam.
*
3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the
headlight high beam even when the head-
light switch is in the OFF position.
Battery saver system
A chime will sound when the driver side door is
opened with the light switch in the or
position and the ignition switch in the ACC, OFF
or LOCK position.
2-30 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

91. Black plate (85,1)
When the headlight switch is in the or operate with the headlight switch in the OFF
position while the ignition switch is in the ON position or in the position. Turn the
position, the lights will automatically turn off 5 headlight switch to the position for full
minutes after the ignition switch has been illumination when driving at night.
pushed to the OFF position.
If the parking brake is applied before the engine
When the headlight switch remains in the is started, the daytime running lights do not
or position after the lights automatically illuminate. The daytime running lights illuminate
turn off, the lights will turn on when the ignition once the parking brake is released. The daytime
switch is pushed to the ON position. running lights will remain on until the ignition
switch is pushed to the OFF position.
CAUTION
WARNING
. When you turn on the headlight
switch again after the lights auto- It is necessary at dusk to turn on your SIC3981
matically turn off, the lights will not headlights. Failure to do so could cause
turn off automatically. Be sure to an accident injuring yourself and Instrument brightness control
turn the light switch to the OFF others. The instrument brightness control operates
position when you leave the vehicle when the headlight control switch is in the
for extended periods of time, other- , or AUTO position (with the autolights
wise the battery will be discharged. activated).
. Never leave the light switch on Push the upper * or lower * switch to
A B
when the engine is not running for brighten or dim the instrument panel lights when
extended periods of time even if the driving at night.
headlights turn off automatically.
Daytime running light system (Canada
only)
The daytime running lights automatically illumi-
nate when the engine is started with the parking
brake released. The daytime running lights
Instruments and controls 2-31
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

92. Black plate (86,1)
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
SWITCH
SIC3997 SIC3998 SIC2574
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped) Push the switch on to warn other drivers when
you must stop or park under emergency condi-
* Turn signal
1 To turn the rear fog light on, turn the headlight tions. All turn signal lights will flash.
Move the lever up or down to signal the turning switch to the position, then turn the switch
direction. When the turn is completed, the turn to the position. To turn it off, turn the switch
to the OFF position. WARNING
signals cancel automatically.
. If stopping for an emergency, be
* Lane change signal
2
The headlights must be on for the fog light to
operate. sure to move the vehicle well off the
To indicate a lane change, move the lever up or road.
down to the point where lights begin flashing.
. Do not use the hazard warning
flashers while moving on the high-
way unless unusual circumstances
force you to drive so slowly that
your vehicle might become a hazard
to other traffic.
2-32 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

93. Black plate (87,1)
HORN HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)
. Turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning flasher lights are CAUTION
on.
. The battery could run down if the
The flasher can be actuated with the ignition seat heater is operated while the
switch in any position. engine is not running.
. Do not use the seat heater for
Some state laws may prohibit the use of
the hazard warning flasher switch while extended periods or when no one
driving. is using the seat.
. Do not put anything on the seat
which insulates heat, such as a
blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.
Otherwise, the seat may become
SIC3982 overheated.
To sound the horn, push the center pad area of . Do not place anything hard or heavy
the steering wheel. on the seat or pierce it with a pin or
similar object. This may result in
WARNING damage to the heater.
. Any liquid spilled on the heated seat
Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so should be removed immediately
could affect proper operation of the with a dry cloth.
supplemental front air bag system.
Tampering with the supplemental front . When cleaning the seat, never use
air bag system may result in serious gasoline, thinner, or any similar
personal injury. materials.
. If any abnormalities are found or the
heated seat does not operate, turn
the switch off and have the system
checked by a NISSAN dealer.
Instruments and controls 2-33
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

94. Black plate (88,1)
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)
OFF SWITCH
indicator light turns off.
The heater is controlled by a thermostat,
automatically turning the heater on and off.
The indicator light will remain on as long as
the switch is on.
When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, or
before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn
off the switch.
SIC2770 SIC4004
The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters. The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle
The switches located on the center console can Dynamic Control (VDC) system on for most
be operated independently of each other. driving conditions.
1. Start the engine. If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC
system reduces the engine output to reduce
2. Select the desired heat range. wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced
. For high heat, push the HI side of the even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor.
switch * .
1 If maximum engine power is needed to free a
stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.
. For low heat, push the LO side of the
switch * .
2 To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF
switch. The indicator will illuminate.
. The indicator light * will illuminate
3
when the heater is on. Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the
engine to turn on the system. (See “VEHICLE
3. To turn off the heater, return the switch to DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM” in the
the level position. Make sure that the “5. Starting and driving” section.)
2-34 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

95. Black plate (89,1)
POWER OUTLET
The power outlet is located in the center console contact the outlet.
and on the lower glove box.
CAUTION
. The outlet and plug may be hot
during or immediately after use.
. Do not use with accessories that
exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power
draw. Do not use double adapters or
more than one electrical accessory.
. Use power outlet with the engine
running to avoid discharging the
SIC3984 vehicle battery.
Center console
. Avoid using power outlet when the
air conditioner, headlights or rear
window defroster is on.
. This power outlet is not designed
for use with a cigarette lighter unit.
. Push the plug in as far as it will go.
If good contact is not made, the plug
may overheat or the internal tem-
perature fuse may blow.
. Before inserting or disconnecting a
plug, be sure the electrical acces-
sory being used is turned OFF.
. When not in use, be sure to close
SIC3985
Lower glove box the cap. Do not allow water to
Instruments and controls 2-35
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

96. Black plate (90,1)
STORAGE
CUP HOLDERS
CAUTION
. Avoid abrupt starting and braking
when the cup holder is being used
to prevent spilling the drink. If the
liquid is hot, it can scald you or your
passenger.
. Use only soft cups in the cup holder.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.
SIC3987 SIC3986
INSTRUMENT POCKET (except for na- Two cup holders are attached to the center
vigation system equipped models) console.
To open the lid, push the knob up *.
1 To use the cup holder located in the center
console box, push the button * and open the
1
To close, push the lid down. lid.
WARNING
Keep the pocket lid closed while driving
to help prevent injury in an accident or a
sudden stop.
2-36 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

97. Black plate (91,1)
SIC3988 SIC3999 SIC4000
Soft bottle holder GLOVE BOX CONSOLE BOX
To open the console box, push the button * 1
CAUTION WARNING and pull up the lid. To store large items, the
partition * can be removed and stored as
2
. Do not use bottle holder for any Keep glove box lid closed while driving illustrated. The inner tray * can also be
3
other objects that could be thrown to help prevent injury in an accident or a removed for larger items.
about in the vehicle and possibly sudden stop.
injure people during sudden braking To close, push the lid down until latched.
or an accident. To open the glove box, pull the handle *.
1
. Do not use bottle holder for open To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.
liquid containers.
To lock * /unlock * the glove box, use the
2 3
mechanical key. For the mechanical key usage,
see “KEYS” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and
adjustments” section.
Instruments and controls 2-37
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

98. Black plate (92,1)
WARNING
Keep the rear parcel box lid closed
while driving to help prevent injury in an
accident or a sudden stop.
SIC3989
REAR PARCEL BOX
The rear parcel box is located behind the right-
side seat.
To open the rear parcel box, pull the upper part
of the lid to position * or * .
1 2
To remove the rear parcel box, pull the lid to
position * with a greater force until it
3
SIC4026
unlatches. And then, pull the rear parcel box to CARGO COVER (if so equipped)
direction * .
4
The cargo cover keeps the contents in the cargo
To install, make sure the two hinges of the rear area hidden from the outside.
parcel box engaged with the holders, then
perform the steps above in the reverse order. To use the cargo cover, pull it out and hang both
sides on the hooks * located on the inside of
1
the rear hatch.
2-38 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

99. Black plate (93,1)
WINDOWS
cargo higher than the seatbacks. In POWER WINDOWS
a sudden stop or collision, unse-
cured cargo could cause personal WARNING
injury.
. Your child could be seriously injured . Make sure that all passengers have
or killed in a collision if the child their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
restraint top tether strap is da- while it is in motion and before
maged. closing the windows. Use the win-
dow lock switch to prevent unex-
— If the cargo cover contacts the
pected use of the power windows.
top tether strap when it is at-
tached to the top tether anchor, . Do not leave children unattended
remove the cargo cover from the inside the vehicle. They could un-
vehicle or secure it on the cargo knowingly activate switches or con-
SIC3990
floor below its attachment loca- trols and become trapped in the
To remove the cargo cover unit, stow the cover tion. If the cargo cover is not window. Unattended children could
and pull the holder * to the opposite side.
2 removed, it may damage the top become involved in serious acci-
tether strap during a collision. dents.
WARNING — Do not allow cargo to contact
The power windows operate when the ignition
the top tether strap when it is
. Never put anything on the cargo switch is in the ON position or for about 45
attached to the top tether an- seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to
cover, no matter how small. Any
chor. Properly secure the cargo the OFF position. If the driver’s or front
object on it could cause an injury
so it does not contact the top passenger’s door is opened during this period
in an accident or sudden stop.
tether strap. Cargo that is not of about 45 seconds, power to the windows is
. Do not leave the cargo cover in the properly secured or that con- canceled.
vehicle with it disengaged from the tacts the top tether strap may
holder. damage the top tether strap
. Properly secure all cargo with ropes during a collision.
or straps to help prevent it from
sliding or shifting. Do not place
Instruments and controls 2-39
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

100. Black plate (94,1)
SIC3286 SIC3241 SIC3288
Main power window switch (driver’s Passenger side power window switch Automatic operation
side) The passenger side switch will open or close To fully open or close the window, completely
1. Driver side window only the corresponding window. To open or push down or pull up the switch and release it; it
2. Front passenger side window close the window, push down or pull up the need not be held. The window will automatically
3. Window lock button switch and hold it. open or close all the way. To stop the window,
just push or lift the switch in the opposite
To open or close the window, push down * orA
direction.
pull up * the switch and hold it. The main
B
switch (driver side switches) will open or close A light push or pull on the switch will cause the
all the windows. window to open or close until the switch is
released.
Locking passengers’ window
When the lock button * is pushed in, only the
C
driver side window can be opened or closed.
Push it in again to cancel.
2-40 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

101. Black plate (95,1)
Auto reverse function Automatic adjusting function If the windows do not close automatically
If the power window automatic function (closing
WARNING CAUTION only) does not operate properly, perform the
following procedure to initialize the power
There are some small distances imme- When the battery cable is removed from window system.
diately before the closed position which the battery terminal, do not close either
1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
cannot be detected. Make sure that all of the front doors. The automatic win-
passengers have their hands, etc., in- dow adjusting function will not work 2. Close the door.
side the vehicle before closing the and the side roof panel may be da-
3. Open the window completely by operating
window. maged. the power window switch.
If the control unit detects something caught in The power window has an automatic adjusting 4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to
the window as it is closing, the window will be function. When the door is being opened, the close the window, and then hold the switch
immediately lowered. window is automatically lowered slightly to avoid more than 3 seconds after the window is
contact between the window and the side roof closed completely.
The auto reverse function can be activated when
panel. When the door is closed, the window is
the window is closed by automatic operation 5. Release the power window switch. Operate
automatically raised slightly.
when the ignition switch is in the ON position or the window by the automatic function to
for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is While the automatic adjusting function does not confirm the initialization is complete.
pushed to the OFF position. work, the window will be controlled as follows:
6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other
Depending on the environment or driving . When the door is opened, the window windows.
conditions, the auto reverse function may lowers for approximately 2 seconds.
be activated if an impact or load similar to If the power window automatic function does
something being caught in the window . While the door is open, the window cannot not operate properly after performing the pro-
occurs. be raised. cedure above, have your vehicle checked by a
NISSAN dealer.
Instruments and controls 2-41
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

102. Black plate (96,1)
INTERIOR LIGHTS
. doors are unlocked by pushing the UN-
LOCK button on the Intelligent Key or door
handle request switch with the ignition
switch in the LOCK position
— remain on for about 15 seconds.
. any door is opened and then closed with the
ignition switch in the LOCK position
— remain on for about 15 seconds.
. any door is opened with the ignition switch
in the ACC or ON position
— remain on while the door is opened.
SIC4001 SIC4002 When the door is closed, the lights go off.
MAP LIGHTS INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH The lights will also turn off after 30
minutes when the lights remain illumi-
Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on The interior light control switch has three nated after the ignition switch has been
or off. positions: ON, DOOR and OFF. pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to
prevent the battery from becoming dis-
ON position charged.
When the switch is in the ON position *
1 the
When the auto interior illumination is set to the
map lights will illuminate.
OFF position (see “VEHICLE INFORMATION
DOOR position AND SETTINGS (models with navigation sys-
When the switch is in the DOOR position * , 2 tem)” in the “4. Monitor, heater, air conditioner,
the map lights will illuminate under the following audio, phone and voice recognition systems”
conditions: section), the lights will illuminate under the
following condition:
. ignition switch is switched to the OFF or
LOCK position . any door is opened with the ignition switch
in any position
— remain on for about 15 seconds.
2-42 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

103. Black plate (97,1)
VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS CARGO ROOM LIGHT
— remain on while the door is opened. The light illuminates when the rear hatch is
When the door is closed, the lights go off. opened. When the rear hatch is closed, the light
will turn off.
OFF position
The light will also turn off after 30 minutes
When the switch is in the OFF position * , the
3
when the light remains illuminated after
lights will not illuminate, regardless of the
the ignition switch has been pushed to the
condition.
OFF or LOCK position to prevent the
battery from becoming discharged.
CAUTION
Do not use for extended periods of time
with the engine stopped. This could
result in a discharged battery.
SIC3869
The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when
the cover on the vanity mirror is opened.
When the cover is closed, the light will turn off.
The lights will also turn off after 30
minutes when the lights remain illumi-
nated to prevent the battery from becom-
ing discharged.
Instruments and controls 2-43
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

104. Black plate (98,1)
HomeLink® UNIVERSAL
TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides a reverse features as required by 1996) have “rolling code protection”. To pro-
convenient way to consolidate the functions of federal safety standards. (These gram a garage door opener equipped with
up to three individual hand-held transmitters into “rolling code protection”; you will need to use
standards became effective for
one built-in device. a ladder to get up to the garage door opener
opener models manufactured after
motor to be able to access the “smart or learn”
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver: April 1, 1982.) A garage door opener
program button.
which cannot detect an object in the
. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)
devices such as garage doors, gates, home path of a closing garage door and
and office lighting, entry door locks and then automatically stop and reverse,
security systems. does not meet current federal safety
standards. Using a garage door
. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. No opener without these features in-
separate batteries are required. If the creases the risk of serious injury or
vehicle’s battery is discharged or is dis-
death.
connected, HomeLink® will retain all pro-
gramming. . During programming procedure,
®
your garage door or security gate
Once HomeLink Universal Transceiver is
may open or close. Make sure that
programmed, retain the original transmit-
ter for future programming procedures people and objects are clear of the
(Example: new vehicle purchases). Upon garage door, gate, etc. that you are
sale of the vehicle, the programmed programming.
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttons . Your vehicle’s engine should be
should be erased for security purposes. turned off while programming
For additional information, see “PRO- HomeLink® Universal Transceiver.
GRAMMING HomeLink®” later in this sec-
tion.
PROGRAMMING HomeLink®
WARNING To program your HomeLink® Transceiver to
operate a garage door, gate, or entry door
. Do not use HomeLink® Universal opener, home or office lighting, you need to be
Transceiver with any garage door at the same location as the device. Note:
opener that lacks safety stop and Garage door openers (manufactured after
2-44 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

105. Black plate (99,1)
activate.
5. If the indicator light on HomeLink® blinks
rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid,
HomeLink® has picked up a “rolling code”
garage door opener signal. You will need to
proceed with the next steps to train Home-
Link®, completing the programming may
require a ladder and another person for
convenience.
6. Push and release the program button
located on the garage door opener’s motor
to activate the “training mode”. This button is
usually located near the antenna wire that
SIC3612 SIC3613 hangs down from the motor. If the wire
originates from under a light lens, you will
1. To begin, push and hold the 2 outer Home- 3. Using both hands, simultaneously push and need to remove the lens to access the
Link® buttons (to clear the memory) until the hold both the HomeLink® button you want to training button.
indicator light * blinks (after 20 seconds).
A program and the hand-held transmitter
Release both buttons. button. NOTE:
DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has Once you have pushed and released
2. Position the end of the hand-held transmitter been completed. the training button on the garage door
1-3 inches away from the HomeLink® sur- opener’s motor and the “training light”
face. 4. Hold down both buttons until the indicator is lit, you have 30 seconds in which to
light on HomeLink® flashes, changing from a perform step 7. For convenience, use
“slow blink” to a “rapid blink”. This could the help of a second person to assist
take up to 90 seconds. When the indicator when performing this step.
light blinks rapidly, both buttons may be
released. The rapidly flashing light indicates 7. Quickly (within 30 seconds of pushing and
successful programming. To activate the releasing the garage door opener training
garage door or other programmed device, button) and firmly push and release the
push and hold the programmed HomeLink® HomeLink ® button you have just pro-
button - releasing when the device begins to grammed. Push and release the HomeLink®
Instruments and controls 2-45
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

106. Black plate (100,1)
button up to three times to complete the it is advised to unplug the device during for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is not
training. the “cycling” process to prevent possible programmed within that time, try holding the
damage to the garage door opener com- transmitter in another position - keeping the
8. Your HomeLink® button should now be ponents. indicator light in view at all times.
programmed. To program the remaining
HomeLink® buttons for additional door or OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNIVER- If you continue to have programming difficulties,
gate openers, follow steps 2 through 8 only. SAL TRANSCEIVER please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs
Department. The phone numbers are located in
NOTE: HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (once pro- the Foreword of this Owner’s Manual.
Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to grammed) may now be used to activate the
“clear” all previously programmed Home- garage door, etc. To operate, simply push the CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-
Link® buttons. appropriate programmed HomeLink® Universal FORMATION
Transceiver button. The red indicator light will
If you have any questions or are having difficulty illuminate while the signal is being transmitted. Individual buttons cannot be cleared, however to
programming your HomeLink® buttons, please clear all programming, push and hold the two
refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www. PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNO- outside buttons and release when the indicator
homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515. SIS light begins to flash (in approximately 20
seconds).
PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR CA- If HomeLink® does not quickly learn the hand-
NADIAN CUSTOMERS held transmitter information: REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE Home-
Link® BUTTON
Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations required . replace the hand-held transmitter batteries
hand-held transmitters to stop transmitting after with new batteries. To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Transcei-
2 seconds. To program your hand-held trans- ver button, complete the following.
. position the hand-held transmitter with its
mitter to HomeLink®, continue to push and hold
battery area facing away from the Home- 1. Push and hold the desired HomeLink ®
the HomeLink® button (note steps 2 through 4
Link® surface. button. Do not release the button until step
under “Programming HomeLink®”) while you
4 has been completed.
push and re-push (“cycle”) your hand-held . push and hold both the HomeLink® and
transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator hand-held transmitter buttons without inter- 2. When the indicator light begins to flash
light flashes rapidly (indicating successful pro- ruption. slowly (after 20 seconds), position the
gramming). hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in (50 to 127
. position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in mm) away from the HomeLink® surface.
NOTE: (50 to 127 mm) away from the HomeLink®
If programming a garage door opener, etc., surface. Hold the transmitter in that position 3. Push and hold the hand-held transmitter
2-46 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

107. Black plate (101,1)
button. may be received, including interference
®
that may cause undesired operation.
4. The HomeLink indicator light will flash, first
slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator The transmitter has been tested and
light begins to flash rapidly, release both complies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.
buttons. Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button has compliance could void the user’s authority
now been reprogrammed. The new device can to operate the device.
be activated by pushing the HomeLink® button
that was just programmed. This procedure will DOC: ISTC 1763K1313
not affect any other programmed HomeLink®
buttons. FCC I.D.: CB2V67690
IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN
If your vehicle is stolen, you should change the
codes of any non-rolling code device that has
been programmed into HomeLink®. Consult the
Owner’s Manual of each device or call the
manufacturer or dealer of those devices for
additional information.
When your vehicle is recovered, you will
need to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-
sal Transceiver with your new transmitter
information.
FCC Notice:
This device complies with FCC rules part
15. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference and (2) This
device must accept any interference that
Instruments and controls 2-47
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

108. Black plate (102,1)
MEMO
2-48 Instruments and controls
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

109. Black plate (10,1)
3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Intelligent Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 How to use remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Valet hand-off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Rear hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Locking with mechanical key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Rear hatch opener switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Opening and closing windows with the Secondary rear hatch release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Front, side and rear unique parts
Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 (NISMO models). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Opening the fuel-filler door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Intelligent Key system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Intelligent Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Tilt steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Intelligent Key operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Battery saver system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 Mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Inside mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Outside mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Vanity mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 31

110. Black plate (104,1)
KEYS
A key number plate is supplied with your keys. nents when registering new keys, be sure to take
Record the key number and keep it in a safe all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN
place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If dealer.
you lose your keys, see a NISSAN dealer for
duplicates by using the key number. NISSAN It is possible that the Intelligent Key functions
does not record any key numbers so it is very become canceled. Contact a NISSAN dealer.
important to keep track of your key number plate.
A key number is only necessary when you have
CAUTION
lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate . Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
from. If you still have a key, this key can be
with you when driving. The Intelli-
duplicated by a NISSAN dealer.
gent Key is a precision device with a
built-in transmitter. To avoid dama-
ging it, please note the following.
SPA2406
— The Intelligent Key is water
1. Intelligent Keys (2 sets) resistant; however, wetting may
2. Mechanical keys (inside the Keys) (2 sets) damage the Intelligent Key. If
3. Key number plate (1 set) the Intelligent Key gets wet,
INTELLIGENT KEY immediately wipe until it is com-
pletely dry.
Your vehicle can only be driven with the — Do not bend, drop or strike it
Intelligent Keys which are registered to your
against another object.
vehicle’s Intelligent Key system components and
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo- — Do not place the Intelligent Key
nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be for an extended period in a
registered and used with one vehicle. The new place where temperatures ex-
keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer ceed 1408F (608C).
prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and — Do not change or modify the
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your Intelligent Key.
vehicle. Since the registration process requires
erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo- — Do not use a magnet key holder.
— Do not place the Intelligent Key
3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

111. Black plate (105,1)
near an electric appliance such
as a television set or personal CAUTION
computer. Always carry the mechanical key in-
— Do not allow the Intelligent Key stalled in the Key.
to come into contact with water
or salt water, and do not wash it VALET HAND-OFF
in a washing machine. This
When you have to leave a key with a valet, give
could affect the system function.
them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the
. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, mechanical key with you to protect your
NISSAN recommends erasing the ID belongings.
code of that Intelligent Key. This will
prevent the Intelligent Key from To prevent the glove box from being opened
during valet hand-off, follow the procedures
unauthorized use to unlock the
SPA2033 below.
vehicle. For information regarding
the erasing procedure, please con- Mechanical key 1. Remove the mechanical key from the In-
tact a NISSAN dealer. telligent Key.
To remove the mechanical key, release the lock
knob at the back of the Intelligent Key. 2. Lock the glove box with the mechanical key.
To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into 3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet, keeping
the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for
the lock position. insertion into the Intelligent Key when you
retrieve your vehicle.
Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the
doors, and glove box. See “STORAGE” in the “2. Instruments and
controls” section.
See “DOORS” later in this section and “STO-
RAGE” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

112. Black plate (106,1)
DOORS
the key is turned once. (See “HOW TO USE
WARNING SETTING BUTTON” in the “4. Monitor,
heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and
. Always have the doors locked while voice recognition systems” section.)
driving. Along with the use of seat
belts, this provides greater safety in OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS
the event of an accident by helping WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY
to prevent persons from being The driver’s door key operation also allows you
thrown from the vehicle. This also to open and close the window that is equipped
helps keep children and others from with the automatic open/close function. (See
unintentionally opening the doors, “POWER WINDOWS” in the “2. Instruments
and will help keep out intruders. and controls” section.)
. Before opening any door, always To open the window, turn the driver’s door key
look for and avoid oncoming traffic. SPA2565 cylinder to the rear of the vehicle for longer
than 1 second. The door is unlocked and the
. Do not leave children unattended
LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY window keeps opening while turning the key.
inside the vehicle. They could un-
knowingly activate switches or con- The power door lock system allows you to lock This function can also be performed by pushing
trols. Unattended children could or unlock all doors simultaneously using the and holding the door UNLOCK button of the
become involved in serious acci- mechanical key. Intelligent Key. (See “REMOTE KEYLESS EN-
dents. TRY SYSTEM” later in this section.)
. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to the
front of the vehicle * will lock all doors.
1 To close the window, turn the driver’s door key
cylinder to the front of the vehicle for longer
. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder once than 1 second. The door is locked and the
to the rear of the vehicle * will unlock the
2
window keeps closing while turning the key.
driver’s door. After returning the key to the
neutral position * , turning it to the rear
3
again within 60 seconds will unlock all
doors.
. You can switch the lock system to the mode
that allows you to open all the doors when
3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

113. Black plate (107,1)
push the power door lock switch to the unlock
position * .
2
Lockout protection
When the power door lock switch (driver or front
passenger) is moved to the lock position with
the Intelligent Key in the port and any door open,
all doors will lock and unlock automatically. With
the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle (not in the
Intelligent Key port) and any door open, all doors
will unlock automatically and a chime will sound
after the door is closed.
These functions help to prevent the Intelligent
Key from being accidentally locked inside the
SPA2566 SPA2300
vehicle.
LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS
To lock the door individually, move the inside
SWITCH
. All doors will be locked automatically when
lock knob to the lock position * then close the
1 Operating the power door lock switch will lock the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24
door. or unlock all the doors. The switches are located km/h).
on the driver’s and front passenger’s door
To unlock, move the inside lock knob to the . All the doors will unlock automatically when
armrests.
unlock position * .
2
the ignition is placed in the OFF position.
To lock the doors, push the power door lock
switch to the lock position * with the driver’s
When locking the door without an Intelli- 1 The automatic lock and unlock functions
gent Key, be sure not to leave the Intelli- can be deactivated or activated indepen-
or front passenger’s door open, then close the
gent Key inside the vehicle. dently of each other. To deactivate or activate
door.
the automatic door lock or unlock system,
When locking the door this way, be certain perform the following procedure:
not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the
vehicle. 1. Close all doors.
To unlock the doors including the fuel-filler door, 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

114. Black plate (108,1)
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
3. Do one of the following within 20 seconds of
performing step 2: WARNING CAUTION
. To change AUTO UNLOCK settings: . Radio waves could adversely affect . Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
push and hold the power door lock electric medical equipment. Those with you when operating the vehi-
switch to the UNLOCK position for cle.
who use a pacemaker should con-
more than 5 seconds.
tact the electric medical equipment . Never leave the Intelligent Key in
. To change AUTO LOCK settings: push manufacturer for the possible influ- the vehicle when you leave the
and hold the power door lock switch to ences before use. vehicle.
the LOCK position for more than 5
. The Intelligent Key transmits radio
seconds. The Intelligent Key is always communicating with
waves when the buttons are
4. When activated, the hazard indicator will pushed. The FAA advises that the the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The
flash twice. When deactivated, the hazard radio waves may affect aircraft na- Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio
indicator will flash once. waves. Environmental conditions may interfere
vigation and communication sys-
with the operation of the Intelligent Key system
5. The ignition must be placed in the OFF and tems. Do not operate the under the following operating conditions.
ON position again between each setting Intelligent Key while on an airplane.
change. Make sure the buttons are not . When operating near a location where
operated unintentionally when the strong radio waves are transmitted, such
unit is stored during a flight. as a TV tower, power station and broad-
casting station.
The Intelligent Key system can operate all the . When in possession of wireless equipment,
door and rear hatch locks using the remote such as a cellular telephone, transceiver,
controller function or pushing the request switch and CB radio.
on the vehicle without taking the key out from a
pocket or purse. The operating environment . When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or
and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key covered by metallic materials.
system operation. . When any type of radio wave remote control
Be sure to read the following before using the is used nearby.
Intelligent Key system. . When the Intelligent Key is placed near an
electric appliance such as a personal
3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

115. Black plate (109,1)
computer. Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer. . Do not place the Intelligent Key near
. When the vehicle is parked near a parking equipment that produces a mag-
meter. CAUTION netic field, such as a TV, audio
equipment and personal computers.
In such cases, correct the operating conditions . Do not allow the Intelligent Key,
before using the Intelligent Key function or use which contains electrical compo- If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN
the mechanical key. nents, to come into contact with recommends erasing the ID code of that
Although the life of the battery varies depending water or salt water. This could affect Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent
on the operating conditions, the battery’s life is the system function. the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to
approximately 2 years. If the battery is dis- operate the vehicle. For information regarding
. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.
charged, replace it with a new one. the erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN deal-
. Do not strike the Intelligent Key er.
Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv- sharply against another object.
ing radio waves, if the key is left near equipment
. Do not change or modify the Intel-
which transmits strong radio waves, such as
signals from a TV and personal computer, the ligent Key.
battery life may become shorter. . Wetting may damage the Intelligent
Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,
For information regarding replacement of a
battery, see “INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY immediately wipe until it is comple-
REPLACEMENT” in the “8. Maintenance and tely dry.
do-it-yourself” section. . Do not place the Intelligent Key for
an extended period in an area where
Because the steering wheel is locked electri-
cally, unlocking the steering wheel with the temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).
ignition switch in the LOCK position is impos- . Do not attach the Intelligent Key
sible when the vehicle battery is completely with a key holder that contains a
discharged. Pay special attention that the magnet.
vehicle battery is not completely discharged.
As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered
and used with one vehicle. For information about
the purchase and use of additional Intelligent
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

116. Black plate (110,1)
strong radio waves are present near the operat-
ing location, the Intelligent Key system’s operat-
ing range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent
Key may not function properly.
The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm)
from each request switch * .
1
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door
glass, handle or rear bumper the request
switches may not function.
When the Intelligent Key is within the operating
range, it is possible for anyone who does not
carry the Intelligent Key to push the request
switch to lock/unlock the doors including the SPA2568
rear hatch.
DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-
TION
. Do not push the door handle request switch
with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as
illustrated. The close distance to the door
handle will cause the Intelligent Key system
to have difficulty recognizing that the In-
SPA2567 telligent Key is outside the vehicle.
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING . After locking with the door handle request
RANGE switch, verify the doors are securely locked
by testing them.
The Intelligent Key functions can only be used
when the Intelligent Key is within the specified . To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left
operating range from the request switch * .
1 inside the vehicle, make sure you carry the
key with you and then lock the doors.
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or
3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

117. Black plate (111,1)
. Do not pull the door handle before pushing
the door handle request switch. The door
will be unlocked but will not open. Release
the door handle once and pull it again to
open the door.
. The Intelligent Key system (opening/closing
doors with the door handle request switch)
can be set to remain inactive. (See “VEHI-
CLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS
(models with navigation system)” in the “4.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio,
phone and voice recognition systems” sec-
tion.)
SPA2569 SPA2570
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION
You can lock or unlock the doors without taking
the key out from your pocket or bag.
SPA2571
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

118. Black plate (112,1)
When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you *2: Doors and the rear hatch will not lock with following operations is performed within 1
can lock or unlock all doors and the rear hatch the Intelligent Key while any door or the rear minute after pushing the request switch while
by pushing the door handle request switch hatch is open. the doors are locked.
(driver’s or front passenger’s) * or the rear
A
hatch request switch * within the range of
B
*3: Doors and the rear hatch will not lock by . Opening any door
pushing the door handle request switch or
operation.
the rear hatch request switch with the . Pushing the ignition switch
When you lock or unlock the doors and the rear Intelligent Key inside the vehicle. However, . Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli-
hatch, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, gent Key port.
(or the outside chime) will sound as a confirma- doors and the rear hatch can be locked with
tion. For details, see “Setting hazard indicator another registered Intelligent Key. During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCK
and horn mode” later in this section. button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all
Unlocking doors, rear hatch and fuel-filler doors will be locked automatically after another
Locking doors, rear hatch and fuel-filler door 1 minute.
door 1. Push the door handle request switch (dri- Opening rear hatch
1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position ver’s or front passenger’s) or the rear hatch
and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key request switch once while carrying the To open only the rear hatch, perform the
with you.*1 Intelligent Key with you. following procedure.
2. Close all the doors and the rear hatch.*2 2. The hazard indicator flashes once and out- 1. Carry the Intelligent Key.
3. Push the door handle request switch (dri-
side chime sounds once. The corresponding 2. Push the rear hatch opener switch *.
C
door and the fuel-filler door or the rear hatch
ver’s or front passenger’s) or the rear hatch will unlock. 3. The rear hatch will unlock.
request switch while carrying the Intelligent
Key with you.*3 3. Push the door handle request switch or the BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
rear hatch request switch again within 60
4. All the doors, rear hatch and fuel-filler door seconds. When all the following conditions are met for 60
will lock. minutes, the battery saver system will cut off the
4. The hazard indicator flashes once and out- power supply to prevent battery discharge.
5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the side chime sounds once again. All the doors
outside chime sounds twice. and the rear hatch will unlock. . The ignition switch is in the ACC position,
and
*1: Doors and the rear hatch will lock with the All doors, the rear hatch and the fuel-filler door
Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in will be locked automatically unless one of the . All doors are closed, and
the ACC or ON position.
3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

119. Black plate (113,1)
. The selector lever is in the P (Park) position
(Automatic Transmission models).
WARNING SIGNALS
To help prevent the vehicle from moving
unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the
Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or
to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen,
chime or beep sounds inside and outside the
vehicle and a warning displays in the vehicle
information display.
When a chime or beep sounds or the warning
displays, be sure to check the vehicle and
Intelligent Key.
See “TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE” later in
this section and “VEHICLE INFORMATION
DISPLAY” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

120. Black plate (114,1)
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Symptom Possible cause Action to take
The SHIFT P warning appears on the display
When pushing the ignition switch The selector lever is not in the P (Park) Shift the selector lever to the P (Park)
and the inside warning chime sounds con-
to stop the engine position. position.
tinuously (Automatic Transmission models).
The ignition switch is in the ACC Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-
When opening the driver’s door position. tion.
The inside warning chime sounds continuously.
to get out of the vehicle The Intelligent Key is in the Intelligent Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelli-
Key port. gent Key port.
The NO KEY warning appears on the display,
the outside chime sounds 3 times and the The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-
inside warning chime sounds for approximately position. tion.
When closing the door after get- 3 seconds.
ting out of the vehicle
The SHIFT P warning appears on the display The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
and the outside chime sounds continuously position and the selector lever is not in position and push the ignition switch to the
(Automatic Transmission models). the P (Park) position. OFF position.
When closing the door with the The outside chime sounds for approximately 3 The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
inside lock knob turned to LOCK seconds and all the doors unlock. and cargo room area.
The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
and cargo room area.
When pushing the door handle The outside chime sounds for approximately 2
A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.
request switch to lock the door seconds.
The door handle request switch is Push the door handle request switch after
pushed before the door is closed. the door is closed.
3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

121. Black plate (115,1)
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelligent
WARNING Key will not operate when:
The Intelligent Key transmits radio . the distance between the Intelligent Key and
waves when the buttons are pushed. the vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).
The FAA advises that the radio waves . the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.
may affect aircraft navigation and com-
munication systems. Do not operate the After locking with the remote keyless entry
function, pull the door handle to make sure the
Intelligent Key while on an airplane.
doors are securely locked.
Make sure the buttons are not operated
unintentionally when the unit is stored The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range varies
during a flight. depending on the environment. To securely
operate the lock and unlock buttons, approach
It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, fuel-filler the vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m) from the door.
door, activate the panic alarm and open the SPA2252B
windows by pushing the buttons on the Intelli- 1. LOCK button
gent Key from outside the vehicle. 2. UNLOCK button
Before locking the doors, make sure the 3. PANIC button
Intelligent Key is not left in the vehicle. HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS
The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the Intelligent ENTRY SYSTEM
Key can operate at a distance of approximately When you lock or unlock the doors and rear
33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The effective hatch, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn
distance depends upon the conditions around (or the outside chime) will sound as a confirma-
the vehicle.) tion. For details, see “Setting hazard indicator
As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with and horn mode” later in this section.
one vehicle. For information concerning the
purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys,
contact a NISSAN dealer.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

122. Black plate (116,1)
Locking doors, rear hatch and fuel-filler 4. The hazard indicator flashes once again. All Key.
door the doors and the rear hatch will unlock.
The door window can be opened or closed by
1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position All doors and the rear hatch will be locked turning the metal key in a door lock. (See
and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key automatically unless one of the following opera- “DOORS” earlier in this section.)
with you.*1 tions is performed within 1 minute after pushing
the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key Using panic alarm
2. Close all the doors and the rear hatch.*2 while the doors are locked. If during this 1- If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,
3. Push the LOCK button *1 on the minute time period, the UNLOCK button on you may activate the alarm to call attention as
Intelligent Key. the Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors and the follows:
rear hatch will be locked automatically after
4. All the doors, the rear hatch and fuel-filler another 1 minute. 1. Push the PANIC button * on the Key
3
door will lock. for more than 1 second.
. Opening any door
5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the 2. The theft warning alarm and headlights will
horn chirps once. . Pushing the ignition switch stay on for 25 seconds.
*1: Doors and the rear hatch will lock with the . Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli- 3. The panic alarm stops when:
Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in gent Key port
. It has run for 25 seconds, or
the ACC or ON position.
Opening windows . Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key
*2: Doors and the rear hatch will not lock with The UNLOCK button operation also allows are pushed. (Note: Panic button should
the Intelligent Key while any door or the rear you to open a window that is equipped with the be pushed for more than 1 second.)
hatch is open. automatic open/close function. (See “POWER
WINDOWS” in the “2. Instruments and con- Setting hazard indicator and horn mode
Unlocking doors, rear hatch and fuel-filler trols” section.) This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn
door mode when you first receive the vehicle.
1. Push the UNLOCK button *
2 on the To open the window, push the door UNLOCK
button * on the Intelligent Key for about
2
Intelligent Key once. In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the
3 seconds after the door is unlocked. LOCK button * is pushed, the hazard
1
2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.
To stop opening, release the UNLOCK
driver’s door and fuel-filler door will unlock.
button. When the UNLOCK button * is pushed,
2
3. Push the UNLOCK button on the the hazard indicator flashes once.
Intelligent Key again within 60 seconds. Window cannot be closed using the Intelligent
3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

123. Black plate (117,1)
If horns are not necessary, the system can be Hazard indicator and horn mode:
switched to the hazard indicator mode.
DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK
In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK
Intelligent Key system
button is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once
(Using door handle or rear hatch request switch) OUTSIDE CHIME - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - once
twice. When the UNLOCK button is
Remote keyless entry system
pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once
horn operates. (Using or button) HORN - once HORN - none
Hazard indicator mode:
DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK
Intelligent Key system HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none
(Using door handle or rear hatch request switch) OUTSIDE CHIME - none OUTSIDE CHIME - none
Remote keyless entry system
HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none
(Using or button) HORN - none HORN - none
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

124. Black plate (118,1)
HOOD
Switching procedure:
To switch the hazard indicator and horn (chime)
operation, push the LOCK * and UN-
1
LOCK * buttons on the Intelligent Key
2
simultaneously for more than 2 seconds.
. When the hazard indicator mode is set, the
hazard indicator flashes 3 times.
. When the hazard indicator and horn mode is
set, the hazard indicator flashes once and
the horn chirps once.
SPA2572
1. Pull the hood lock release handle * 1
located below the instrument panel; the WARNING
hood will then spring up slightly.
. Make sure the hood is completely
2. Pull the lever * up at the front of the hood
2
closed and latched before driving.
with your fingertips and raise the hood.
Failure to do so could cause the
3. Hold the insulator * of the support rod
3 hood to fly open and result in an
and insert its end into the slot * on the
4 accident.
front edge of the hood.
. If you see steam or smoke coming
4. When closing the hood, store the support from the engine compartment, to
rod to its original position, then slowly close avoid injury do not open the hood.
the hood and make sure it locks into place.
3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

125. Black plate (119,1)
REAR HATCH
WARNING
Do not drive with the rear hatch open.
This could allow dangerous exhaust
gases to be drawn into the vehicle.
See “EXHAUST GAS (carbon monox-
ide)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
section of this manual.
SPA2573
REAR HATCH OPENER SWITCH
The rear hatch can be opened by pushing the
rear hatch opener switch when the Intelligent
Key is within the operating range of the rear
hatch lock/unlock function regardless of the
inside lock knob position. (See “INTELLIGENT
KEY SYSTEM” earlier in this section.)
To close the rear hatch, push it down securely.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

126. Black plate (120,1)
NISMO models
CAUTION
Do not use the rear spoiler *
A to open
or close the rear hatch. Doing so may
damage the rear spoiler.
Always hold area *
B to open or close the rear
hatch.
SPA2580
SECONDARY REAR HATCH RELEASE
The secondary rear hatch release mechanism
allows opening the rear hatch in the event of
discharged battery or emergency.
The release handle is located under the cargo
room floor. To open the rear hatch from the
SPA2646 passenger compartment, perform the following
procedure.
1. Remove the cargo floor mat.
2. Find the rear hatch release handle *
1 as
shown in the illustration.
3. Free the release handle that is fixed with
velcro.
3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

127. Black plate (121,1)
FRONT, SIDE AND REAR UNIQUE
PARTS (NISMO models)
4. Firmly pull the release handle until the rear The NISMO models have the following unique
hatch releases. parts on the front, side and rear of the vehicle.
— Front bumper with an aerodynamic splitter
— Side sill extensions
— Rear bumper with an aerodynamic diffuser
— Large-diameter exhaust pipes
These parts are close to the ground and may be
damaged if they contact objects such as curbs,
parking blocks, etc.
CAUTION
Reduce vehicle speed to decrease the
possibility of damaging these parts
when:
. driving on bumpy or rutted roads
. entering or exiting parking garages
and driveways
. driving over speed bumps
SPA2647
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

128. Black plate (122,1)
FUEL-FILLER DOOR
SPA2648 SPA2649 SPA2581
OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR
CAUTION CAUTION
To open the fuel-filler door, unlock the fuel-filler
The approach and departure angles are Do not step on the front bumper with an door by using one of the following operations,
small. Reduce vehicle speed when the aerodynamic splitter. Doing so could then push the left side of the door.
vehicle approaches or leaves a steep damage it. . Push the door handle request switch with
hill. Otherwise, the front bumper with the Intelligent Key carried with you.
an aerodynamic splitter, rear bumper
. Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent
with an aerodynamic diffuser and ex-
Key.
haust pipes may contact the road sur-
face and be damaged. . Insert the mechanical key into the door lock
cylinder and turn it to the rear of the vehicle.
. Push the power door lock switch to the
UNLOCK position.
To lock, close the fuel-filler door securely and
3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

129. Black plate (123,1)
lock all doors by operating the door handle injury. It could also cause the mal- filler tube, then tighten until the
request switch, the LOCK button on the function indicator light to come on. fuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to tight-
Intelligent Key, the mechanical key or the power en the fuel-filler cap properly may
door lock switch. . Never pour fuel into the throttle
body to attempt to start your vehi- cause the malfunction indicator
FUEL-FILLER CAP cle. light (MIL) to illuminate. If the
light illuminates because the fuel-
. Do not fill a portable fuel container
filler cap is loose or missing, tighten
WARNING in the vehicle or trailer. Static elec-
or install the cap and continue to
tricity can cause an explosion of
. Gasoline is extremely flammable drive the vehicle. The light
flammable liquid, vapor or gas in
and highly explosive under certain should turn off after a few driving
any vehicle or trailer. To reduce the
conditions. You could be burned or trips. If the light does not turn
risk of serious injury or death when
seriously injured if it is misused or off after a few driving trips, have the
filling portable fuel containers:
mishandled. Always stop engine vehicle inspected by a NISSAN deal-
— Always place the container on er.
and do not smoke or allow open
the ground when filling.
flames or sparks near the vehicle
— Do not use electronic devices
when refueling.
when filling.
. Do not attempt to top off the fuel
— Keep the pump nozzle in contact
tank after the fuel pump nozzle
with the container while you are
shuts off automatically. Continued
filling it.
refueling may cause fuel overflow,
— Use only approved portable fuel
resulting in fuel spray and possibly
containers for flammable liquid.
a fire.
. Use only an original equipment type
fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It CAUTION
has a built-in safety valve needed
for proper operation of the fuel . If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,
system and emission control sys- flush it away with water to avoid
tem. An incorrect cap can result in a paint damage.
serious malfunction and possible . Insert the cap straight into the fuel-
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

130. Black plate (124,1)
TILT STEERING
WARNING
. Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving. You could lose control
of your vehicle and cause an acci-
dent.
. Do not adjust the steering wheel
any closer to you than is necessary
for proper steering operation and
comfort. The driver’s air bag inflates
with great force. If you are unrest-
rained, leaning forward, sitting side-
SPA2582 ways or out of position in any way, SPA2583
you are at greater risk of injury or
The fuel-filler cap is a ratcheting type. Turn the MANUAL OPERATION
death in a crash. You may also
cap counterclockwise to remove. To tighten, turn
receive serious or fatal injuries from Tilt operation
the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are
the air bag if you are up against it
heard. Push the lock lever * down and adjust the
1
when it inflates. Always sit back
Use the fuel-filler cap holder on the hook *
A against the seatback and as far
steering wheel up or down to the desired
position.
while refueling. away as practical from the steering
wheel. Always use the seat belts. Pull the lock lever up securely to lock the
steering wheel in place.
3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

131. Black plate (125,1)
SUN VISORS MIRRORS
SPA2343 SPA2143
INSIDE MIRROR Manual anti-glare type
Adjust the height and the angle of the inside The night position * will reduce glare from the
1
mirror to the desired position. headlights of vehicles behind you at night.
Use the day position * when driving in daylight
2
hours.
SIC2872 WARNING
1. To block out glare from the front, swing Use the night position only when ne-
down the main sun visor * .
1 cessary, because it reduces rear view
2. To block glare from the side, remove the clarity.
main sun visor from the center mount and
swing it to the side * .
2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

132. Black plate (126,1)
light will turn off. Push the “I” switch * to turn
D
the system on.
Do not allow any object to cover the
sensors * or apply glass cleaner on
E
them. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity
of the sensor, resulting in improper opera-
tion.
For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver opera-
tion, see “HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEI-
VER” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section.
SPA2450 SPA2319
Automatic anti-glare type OUTSIDE MIRRORS
The inside mirror is designed so that it
automatically changes reflection according to
the intensity of the headlights of the following
WARNING
vehicle. Objects viewed in the outside mirror on
The anti-glare system will be automatically the passenger side are closer than they
turned on when the ignition switch is pushed appear. Be careful when moving to the
to the ON position. right. Using only this mirror could cause
an accident. Use the inside mirror or
When the anti-glare system is turned on, the
indicator light * will illuminate and excessive
A
glance over your shoulder to properly
glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind judge distances to other objects.
you will be reduced.
Adjusting outside mirrors
Push the “*” switch * to make the inside
C The outside mirror control switch is located on
rearview mirror operate normally. The indicator the armrest.
3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

133. Black plate (127,1)
The outside mirror will operate only when the
ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.
Turn the switch right or left to select the right or
left side mirror * , then adjust using the control
1
switch * .2
SPA1829 SIC3869
Foldable outside mirrors VANITY MIRROR
Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sun
rear of the vehicle. visor and pull up the cover.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

134. Black plate (128,1)
MEMO
3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

135. Black plate (13,1)
4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio,
phone and voice recognition systems
Safety note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) player
Center multi-function control panel (models without navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
(models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD)
How to use multi-function controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 changer (models without navigation system) . . . . . . . 4-36
How to use touch screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD)
Start-up screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 player (models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
Start menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 CompactFlash (CF) player operation
(models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
How to select menus on the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
iPod® player operation (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
Vehicle information and settings
(models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Music box hard-disk drive
(models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
How to use STATUS button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
CD/CF (CompactFlash) care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . 4-55
How to use brightness control and display ON/
OFF button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Steering-wheel-mounted controls for audio . . . . . . . . 4-56
How to use INFO button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
How to use SETTING button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System with
Center ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 navigation system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
Regulatory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
Side ventilators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Voice commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
Heater and air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Automatic air conditioner (Type A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Pairing procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
Automatic air conditioner (Type B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Phonebook registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Making a call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Receiving a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
During a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Phone setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

136. Black plate (14,1)
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System without NISSAN Voice Recognition System
navigation system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68 (models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69 NISSAN voice recognition standard mode. . . . . . . . . . 4-82
Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71 Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Getting started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71 NISSAN voice recognition alternate command
List of voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73 mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78 Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81 Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

137. Black plate (130,1)
CENTER MULTI-FUNCTION
SAFETY NOTE CONTROL PANEL (models with
navigation system)
WARNING
. Do not disassemble or modify this
system. If you do, it may result in
accidents, fire, or electric shock.
. Do not use this system if you notice
any abnormality, such as a frozen
screen or lack of sound. Continued
use of the system may result in
accident, fire or electric shock.
. In case you notice any foreign
object in the system hardware, spill
liquid on it, or notice smoke or smell SAA2273
coming from it, stop using the
1. “STATUS” status display button (P.4-7)
system immediately and contact
2, 3, 7, 8, 9.
your nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignor-
For navigation system control buttons (Refer to the
ing such conditions may lead to separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.)
accidents, fire, or electric shock. 4. Multi-function controller (P.4-3)
. Park the vehicle in a safe location 5. “PHONE” Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-
and apply the parking brake to view tem button (P.4-58)
the images on the front center dis- 6. “ OFF” brightness control and display ON/
play screen using devices connected OFF button (P.4-7)
to the auxiliary input jacks. 10. “INFO” vehicle and navigation information button
(P.4-7)
Do not attempt to operate the system in 11. “SETTING” button (P.4-11)
extreme temperature conditions [below
−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)].
Operating this system under these condi-
tions may result in system malfunctions.
4-2 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

138. Black plate (131,1)
For the VOICE button * functions, refer to the
6 To ensure safe driving, some functions cannot
separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual. be operated while driving.
HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN The on-screen functions that are not available
while driving will be “grayed out” or muted.
CAUTION Park the vehicle in a safe location and then
operate the navigation system.
. The glass screen on the liquid
crystal display may break if it is hit
with a hard or sharp object. If the
glass breaks, do not touch the liquid
crystalline material, which contains
a small amount of mercury. In case
SAA2274 of contact with skin, wash immedi-
ately with soap and water.
HOW TO USE MULTI-FUNCTION . To clean the display, use a soft, dry
CONTROLLER cloth. If additional cleaning is ne-
Choose an item on the display using the main cessary, use a small amount of
directional buttons * (or additional directional
2 neutral detergent with a soft cloth.
buttons * with navigation system) or center
3 Never use a rough cloth, alcohol,
dial * , and push the ENTER button * for
5 1 benzine, thinner or any kind of
operation. solvent or paper towel with a che-
If you push the BACK button * before the
4 mical cleaning agent. They will
setup is completed, the setup will be canceled scratch or deteriorate the panel.
and/or the display will return to the previous . Do not splash any liquid such as
screen. This button can also be used to delete water or car fragrance on the dis-
characters that have been input. play. Contact with liquid will cause
After the setup is completed, push the BACK the system to malfunction.
button * and return to the previous screen.
4
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

139. Black plate (132,1)
SAA1542 SAA1543 SAA1617
Touch screen operation Adjusting an item: Inputting characters:
With this system, the same operations as those
for the multi-function controller are possible
Touch the + *
1 or − *
2 button to adjust the Touch the letter or number *.
1
settings.
using the touch screen operation. There are some options available when inputting
Touch the UP * or DOWN * button to
3 4 characters.
Selecting the item:
move to the previous or next page.
. Uppercase:
Touch an item to select it. To select the “Audio”
settings, touch the “Audio” area * on the
1 Shows uppercase characters.
screen.
. Lowercase:
Touch the BACK *
2 button to return the
Shows lowercase characters.
previous screen.
. Symbols:
Shows symbols such as the question mark
(?).
4-4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

140. Black plate (133,1)
. Space:
Inserts a space.
. Delete:
Deletes the last character that has been
input with one touch. Push and hold the
button to delete all of the characters.
. OK:
Completes character inputs.
Touch screen maintenance
If you clean the display screen, use a dry, soft
cloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use a SAA1454 SAA2143
small amount of neutral detergent with a soft
cloth. Never spray the screen with water or START-UP SCREEN START MENU
detergent. Dampen the cloth first, and then wipe
When you push the ignition switch to the ACC The start menu can be displayed using the
the screen.
or ON position, the SYSTEM START-UP warn- ENTER switch on the steering-wheel-mounted
ing is displayed on the screen. When you read controls.
and agree with the warning, push the ENTER
button. 1. While the map or status screen is displayed,
push and hold the ENTER switch until the
If you do not push the ENTER button, you will “Menu Options” screen appears.
not be able to use the NAVI system.
2. Highlight the preferred item by tilting the
To proceed to the NAVI system, refer to the ENTER switch up or down, and then push
separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual. the ENTER switch to select it.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-5
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

141. Black plate (134,1)
2. Menu Selections:
Shows the options to choose within that
menu screen. (i.e. Auto Interior Illumination,
etc.)
3. UP/DOWN Movement indicator:
Shows that the multi-function controller may
be used to move UP/DOWN on the screen
and select more options.
4. Screen Count:
Shows the number of menu selections
available for that screen (i.e. 1/9).
SAA1591 SAA1510
5. Footer/Information Line:
Available items HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE Provides more information (if available)
Destination/Route:
SCREEN about the menu selection currently high-
Vehicle functions are viewed on the display lighted. (i.e. Cabin lighting when unlock-
These items are for the navigation system. See ing doors.)
screen in menus. Whenever a menu selection is
the separate Navigation System Owner’s Man-
made or menu item is highlighted, different areas
ual for details.
on the screen provide you with important
Information: information. See the following for details.
Displays the information screen. It is the same 1. Header:
screen that appears when you push the INFO
Shows the path used to get to the current
button.
screen. (i.e. push SETTING button >
Settings: choose “Comfort & Conv.” menu item.)
Displays the settings screen. It is the same
screen that appears when you push the SET-
TING button.
4-6 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

142. Black plate (135,1)
VEHICLE INFORMATION AND
SETTINGS (models with navigation
system)
HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON The information shown on the screen should be
a guide to determine the condition of the vehicle.
To display the status of the audio, air conditioner See the following for details.
system, fuel consumption and navigation sys-
tem, push the STATUS button. The following
information will appear when the STATUS
button is pushed.
Audio ? Audio and Air conditioner system ?
Audio and fuel consumption ? Audio and
Navigation system ? Audio
HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON-
TROL AND DISPLAY ON/OFF BUTTON
Push the “ OFF” button to switch the
SAA1545
display brightness to the daytime mode or the
nighttime mode, and to adjust the display Vehicle information display
brightness using the multi-function controller
1. Push the INFO button on the control panel.
while the indicator is displayed at the bottom of
the screen. 2. Choose an item using the multi-function
controller and push the ENTER button.
The display brightness can also be adjusted
using the brightness UP button (+) or bright- 3. After viewing or adjusting the information on
ness DOWN button (−). the following screens, push the BACK
button to return to the INFORMATION
Push and hold the “ OFF” button for more
menu.
than 2 seconds to turn the display off. Push the
button again to turn the display on. See the separate Navigation System Owner’s
Manual for the following items:
HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON
. Traffic Info.
The display screen shows vehicle and navigation
information for your convenience. . Where am I?
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-7
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

143. Black plate (136,1)
. GPS Satellite Info. Fuel Economy information
. Navigation Version The distance to empty, average fuel economy
and current fuel economy (shown on the right
side bar) will be displayed for reference.
To reset the Average Fuel Economy, use the
multi-function controller to highlight the “Reset”
key and push the ENTER button.
If the “View” key is highlighted with the multi-
function controller and the ENTER button is
pushed, the average fuel consumption history
will be displayed in graph form along with the
average for the previous Reset-to-Reset period.
SAA1546 The unit can be converted between “US” and
“Metric”. (See “HOW TO USE SETTING
BUTTON” later in this section.)
The fuel economy information may differ from the
information displayed on the vehicle information
display. This is due to the timing difference in
updating the information and does not indicate a
malfunction.
SAA1547
4-8 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

144. Black plate (137,1)
Maintenance information display cannot be
operated when the vehicle is moving. Stop the
vehicle in a safe place to see the information.
The unit can be converted between “US” and
“Metric”. (See “HOW TO USE SETTING
BUTTON” later in this section.)
SAA1554 SAA1555
Maintenance information 1. Reset the driving distance to the new
The maintenance intervals can be displayed for maintenance schedule.
your desired maintenance items. 2. Set the interval (mileage) of the maintenance
To set the maintenance interval for Reminders 1 schedule. To determine the recommended
to 4, choose an item using the multi-function maintenance interval, refer to your “NISSAN
controller and push the ENTER button. Service and Maintenance Guide”.
You can also set to display a message to remind 3. To display the reminder automatically when
you that the maintenance needs to be per- the set trip distance is reached, highlight the
formed. “Interval Reminder” key with the multi-
function controller and push the ENTER
The following example shows how to set button.
Reminder 1. Use the same steps to set the
other maintenance information. 4. To return the display to MAINTENANCE
INFO., push the BACK button.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-9
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

145. Black plate (138,1)
the ON position until one of the following
conditions is met:
. “Reset Distance” is selected.
. “Interval Reminder” is set to OFF.
. the maintenance interval is set again.
SAA1611 SAA1592
The Reminder will be automatically displayed as Voice Recognition information
shown when both of the following conditions are When you use the NISSAN Voice Recognition
met: system for the first time or if you do not know
. the vehicle is driven the set distance and the how to operate it, you can display the voice
ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK command list or user guide for confirmation.
position. (See “NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYS-
TEM (models with navigation system)” later in
. the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or this section for the details.)
ON position the next time you drive the
vehicle after the set value has been reached. Command List:
To return to the previous display after the Displays a list of voice commands that the
“MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen is displayed, system can recognize.
push the BACK button.
The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen is dis-
played each time the ignition switch is pushed to
4-10 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

146. Black plate (139,1)
User Guide:
Displays a simplified operation manual of the
voice recognition system and how to use the
voice commands.
SAA1556 SAA1557
HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON Audio settings
The display as illustrated will appear when the The display as illustrated will appear when
SETTING button is pushed. pushing the SETTING button, selecting the
“Audio” key with the multi-function controller
For navigation settings, refer to the separate and pushing the ENTER button.
Navigation System Owner’s Manual.
Bass/Treble/Balance/Fade:
To show the “Comfort & Conv.” item, push the
ignition switch to the ON position. To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound
balance, select the “Bass”, “Treble”, “Bal-
ance” or “Fade” key and adjust it with the
multi-function controller.
These items can also be adjusted by pushing
and turning the AUDIO knob.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-11
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

147. Black plate (140,1)
Speed Sensitive Vol.: To turn on the screen, set this item to the ON
position, or push and hold the “ OFF”
Sound volume is increased according to the button.
vehicle speed. Choose the effect level from OFF
(0) to 5. Brightness/Contrast/Background Color:
To adjust the brightness and contrast of the
screen, select the “Brightness” or “Contrast”
key and push the ENTER button.
Then, you can adjust the brightness to “Darker”
or “Brighter”, and the contrast to “Lower” or
“Higher” using the multi-function controller.
For information on the “Background Color”
key, refer to the separate Navigation System
SAA1813 Owner’s Manual.
Display settings Navigation settings
The display as illustrated will appear when For the details of “Navigation” settings, refer to
pushing the SETTING button, selecting “Dis- the separate Navigation System Owner’s Man-
play” key with the multi-function controller and ual.
pushing the ENTER button.
Display:
To turn off the screen, push the ENTER button
and turn the “Display” indicator off. The other
method is to push and hold the “ OFF”
button for more than 2 seconds.
When any mode button is pushed with the
screen off, the screen turns on for further
operation. The screen will turn off automatically
5 seconds after the operation is finished.
4-12 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

148. Black plate (141,1)
Volume and Beeps settings Phone settings
The display as illustrated will appear when For the details of “Phone” settings, see “BLUE-
pushing the SETTING button, selecting the TOOTH ® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM
“Volume and Beeps” key with the multi- WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM” later in this
function controller and pushing the ENTER section.
button.
Guidance Vol.:
To adjust the guidance voice volume louder or
softer, select the “Guidance Volume” and adjust
it with the multi-function controller.
You can also adjust the guidance voice volume
by turning the VOLUME control knob while voice
SAA1561 guidance is being announced.
Guidance Voice:
When this item is turned to ON, you will hear
voice guidance in the navigation operation or in
other operations.
Ringer Vol./Incoming Call/Outgoing Call:
For the details of these items, see “BLUE-
TOOTH ® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM
WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM” later in this
section.
Button Beeps:
When this item is turned to ON, you will hear a
beep sound when you use a button.
SAA1562
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-13
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

149. Black plate (142,1)
Clock Format:
Choose either the 12-hour clock display or the
24-hour clock display.
Offset Adjust:
Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per
minute.
Daylight Saving Time:
Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time
application.
Time Zone:
SAA1563 Choose the time zone from the following SAA1564
Clock settings . Pacific
The display as illustrated will appear when . Mountain
pushing the SETTING button, selecting the
“Clock” key with the multi-function controller . Central
and pushing the ENTER button.
. Eastern
On-screen Clock:
. Atlantic
When this item is turned to ON, a clock is
. Newfoundland
always displayed in the upper right corner of the
screen. . Hawaii
This clock will indicate the time almost exactly . Alaska
because it is always adjusted by the GPS
system.
SAA2323
4-14 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

150. Black plate (143,1)
Comfort & Conv. settings pushed to be unlocked, only the corresponding
The display as illustrated will appear when door is unlocked first. All the doors can be
pushing the SETTING button, selecting the unlocked if the door unlock operation is per-
“Comfort & Conv.” key with the multi-function formed again within 60 seconds.
controller and pushing the ENTER button. This When this item is turned to OFF, all the doors
key does not appear on the display until the will be unlocked after the door unlock operation
ignition switch is pushed to the ON position. is performed once.
Auto Interior Illumination: Intelligent Key Lock/Unlock:
When this item is turned to ON, the interior When this item is turned to ON, door lock/
lights will illuminate if any door is unlocked. unlock function by pushing the door handle
request switch will be activated.
Auto Headlights Sensitivity:
Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights Return All Settings to Default:
SAA1566
higher (right) or lower (left). Select this item, push the ENTER button and
choose “YES” if you want to return all settings to Others settings
Auto Headlights Off Delay:
the default. The Others settings display will appear when
Choose the duration of the automatic headlight pushing the SETTING button, selecting the
off timer from 0, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 150 and “Others” key with the multi-function controller
180 second periods. and pushing the ENTER button.
Speed Sensing Wiper Interval: Voice Recognition:
When this item is turned to ON, the wiper For the details of this item, see “NISSAN VOICE
interval is adjusted automatically according to RECOGNITION SYSTEM (models with naviga-
the vehicle speed. tion system)” later in this section.
Selective Door Unlock:
When this item is turned to ON, only the driver’s
door is unlocked first after the door unlock
operation. When the door handle request switch
on the driver’s or front passenger’s side door is
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-15
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

151. Black plate (144,1)
VENTILATORS
Language/Units:
. Select Language
Choose the “Select Language” key and
push the ENTER button. Select “English” or
“Francais” for your favorite display appear-
¸
ance.
If you select the “Francais” key, the French
¸
language will be displayed, so please use
the French Owner’s Manual. To obtain a
French Owner’s Manual, see “OWNER’S
MANUAL/SERVICE MANUAL ORDER IN-
FORMATION” in the “9. Technical and
consumer information” section. SAA2275 SAA2288
. Select Units
CENTER VENTILATORS SIDE VENTILATORS
Choose the “Select Units” key and push
Open or close, and adjust the air flow direction Open or close, and adjust the air flow direction
the ENTER button. Select “US” (Mile, 8F,
of ventilators. of ventilators as illustrated.
MPG) or “Metric” (km, 8C, L/100 km) for
your favorite display appearance.
4-16 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

152. Black plate (145,1)
HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER
WARNING
. The air conditioner cooling function
operates only when the engine is
running.
. Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the support
of others alone in your vehicle. Pets
should not be left alone either. On
hot, sunny days, temperatures in a
closed vehicle could quickly become
high enough to cause severe or
possibly fatal injuries to people or SAA2276
animals.
For the models with navigation system, push the
. Do not use the recirculation mode “STATUS” button to display the heater and air
for long periods as it may cause the conditioner status screen. (See “HOW TO USE
interior air to become stale and the STATUS BUTTON” earlier in this section.)
windows to fog up.
Start the engine and operate the heater and air
conditioner system.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-17
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

153. Black plate (146,1)
after the preferred temperature is set manually.
1. Turn the “ ” fan speed control dial and
air flow control dial to the “AUTO” position.
The air conditioner will automatically turn on.
(The “A/C” button indicator light illuminates.)
2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the
desired temperature.
. The temperature can be set within the
following range.
— For U.S.: 60 to 908F (16 to 328C)
— For Canada: 64 to 908F (18 to 328C)
SAA2277
. The temperature of the passenger compart-
1. “ ” fan speed control dial ment will be maintained automatically. Air
is designed to automatically activate the
flow distribution and fan speed are also
2. Temperature control dial* cooling function when operating the air
* The display of degrees: controlled automatically.
flow control dial, the “ ” fan speed
“60-75-90” is used for 8F (US). control dial or the “ ” intake air A visible mist may be seen coming from the
“18-25-32” is used for 8C (Canada). control button. (The indicator light on the ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is
3. Air flow control dial “A/C” button will illuminate.) Push the cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal-
4. “A/C” air conditioner button “A/C” button off when the cooling function function.
5. Intake air control button (“ ” outside air and is not necessary.
“ ” air recirculation) Heating (A/C OFF):
6. “ ” rear window defroster button (See “REAR Automatic operation
The air conditioner does not activate. When you
WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH” in the “2.
Instruments and controls” section.) Cooling and/or dehumidified heating need to heat only, use this mode.
(AUTO): 1. Turn the “ ” fan speed control dial and
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER (Type
A) This mode may be used all year round. The air flow control dial to the “AUTO” position.
system works automatically to control the inside (The air conditioner will turn on.)
In your vehicle, the air conditioner system temperature, air flow distribution and fan speed
2. Push the “A/C” button to turn off the air
4-18 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

154. Black plate (147,1)
conditioner. (The “A/C” button indicator light mode. Outside air circulation:
will turn off.)
. When the air flow control dial is turned Push the “ ” intake air control button to
3. Turn the temperature control dial to set the to the “ ” or “ ” position, the air draw outside air into the passenger compart-
desired temperature. conditioner will automatically be turned ment. The indicator light on the “ ” side will
on at outside temperatures above 238F come on.
. The temperature of the passenger com- (−58C) to defog the windshield, and the
partment will be maintained automati- air recirculation mode will automatically Automatic intake air control:
cally. Air flow distribution and fan speed be turned off.
are also controlled automatically. In the AUTO mode, the intake air will be
Outside air is drawn into the passenger controlled automatically. To manually control
. Do not set the temperature lower than compartment to improve the defogging the intake air, push the “ ” intake air
the outside air temperature. Otherwise performance. control button. To return to the automatic control
the system may not work properly. mode, push the “ ” intake air control
. Not recommended if windows fog up.
Manual operation button for approximately 2 seconds. The indi-
cator lights (both air recirculation and outside air
Fan speed control: circulation sides) will flash twice, and then the
Dehumidified defrosting or defogging:
Turn the “ ” fan speed control dial clockwise intake air will be controlled automatically.
1. Turn the “ ” fan speed control dial to the
(+) or counter clockwise (−) to manually control Air flow control:
desired position.
the fan speed.
2. Turn the air flow control dial to the “ ” Turning the air flow control dial selects the air
Turn the dial to the “AUTO” position to return to outlet to:
position.
automatic control of the fan speed.
3. Turn the temperature control dial to set the : Air flows from center and side ventila-
desired temperature. Air recirculation: tors.
Push the “ ” intake air control button to
. To quickly remove ice from the outside : Air flows from center and side ventila-
recirculate interior air inside the vehicle. The tors and foot outlets.
of the windows, turn the “ ” fan
indicator light on the “ ” side will come on.
speed control dial to the maximum : Air flows mainly from foot outlets.
position. The air recirculation mode cannot be activated
when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting : Air flows from defroster and foot out-
. As soon as possible after the windshield lets.
mode “ ”.
is clean, turn the air flow control dial to
the “AUTO” position to return to the auto : Air flows mainly from defroster outlets.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-19
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

155. Black plate (148,1)
To turn the system off
Turn the “ ” fan speed control dial to the
“OFF” position.
SAA2278
1. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button/“ ” fan AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER
speed control dial
(Type B)
2. “ ” front defroster button
3. “ ” intake air control button Automatic operation
4. “AUTO” automatic air conditioner ON button/
Temperature control dial Cooling and/or dehumidified heating
5. “ ” rear window defroster button (See “REAR (AUTO):
WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH” in the “2. This mode may be used all year round. The
Instruments and controls” section.)
system works automatically to control the inside
6. “MODE” manual air flow control button temperature, air flow distribution and fan speed
7. “OFF” button after the preferred temperature is set manually.
1. Push the “AUTO” button on. (The indicator
on the button will illuminate and AUTO will
be displayed.)
4-20 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

156. Black plate (149,1)
2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the controlled automatically. Manual operation
desired temperature.
. Do not set the temperature lower than the Fan speed control:
. The temperature can be set within the outside air temperature. Otherwise the
following range. system may not work properly. Turn the “ ” fan speed control dial to
manually control the fan speed.
— For U.S.: 60 to 908F (16 to 328C) . Not recommended if windows fog up.
Push the “AUTO” button to return to automatic
— For Canada: 64 to 908F (18 to 328C) Dehumidified defrosting or defogging: control of the fan speed.
. The temperature of the passenger compart- 1. Push the “ ” front defroster button. (The Air recirculation:
ment will be maintained automatically. Air indicator light on the button will come on.)
flow distribution and fan speed will also be Push the “ ” intake air control button to
controlled automatically. 2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the recirculate interior air inside the vehicle. The
desired temperature. indicator light “ ” will come on.
A visible mist may be seen coming from the
ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is . To quickly remove ice from the outside of the The air recirculation mode cannot be activated
cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal- windows, turn the “ ” fan speed control when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting
function. dial and set it to the maximum position. mode “ ”.
Heating (A/C OFF): . As soon as possible after the windshield is Outside air circulation:
clean, push the “AUTO” button to return to
The air conditioner does not activate in this the auto mode. Push the “ ” intake air control button to
mode. When you need to heat only, use this change the air circulation from the intake air to
mode. . When the “ ” front defroster button is the outside air. The indicator light “ ” will turn
pushed, the air conditioner will automatically off.
1. Push the “AUTO” button on. be turned on at outside temperatures above
238F (−58C) to defog the windshield, and Automatic air intake control:
2. Push the “A/C” button. (The A/C indicator the air recirculate mode will automatically be
will turn off.) In the AUTO mode, the intake air will be
turned off. controlled automatically. To manually control
3. Turn the temperature control dial to set the Outside air is drawn into the passenger the intake air, push the “ ” intake air control
desired temperature. compartment to improve the defogging button. To return to the automatic control mode,
. The temperature of the passenger compart- performance. push the “ ” intake air control button for
ment will be maintained automatically. Air approximately 2 seconds. The indicator lights
flow distribution and fan speed are also will flash twice, and then the intake air will be
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-21
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

157. Black plate (150,1)
controlled automatically. OPERATING TIPS
Air flow control: When the engine coolant temperature and
outside air temperature are low, the air flow
Pushing the “MODE” manual air flow control from the foot outlets may not operate for a
button selects the air outlet to: maximum of 150 seconds. This is not a
: Air flows from center and side ventila- malfunction. After the coolant temperature
tors. warms up, air will flow normally from the foot
outlets.
: Air flows from center and side ventila-
tors and foot outlets. The sensors * and * on the instrument
A B
panel helps maintain a constant temperature. Do
: Air flows mainly from foot outlets. not put anything on or around this sensor.
: Air flows from defroster and foot out- IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
lets.
SAA2324 The air conditioning system is equipped with an
To turn the system off in-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pollen,
Push the “OFF” button. dust, etc. To make sure the air conditioner heats,
defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace the
filter in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in the NISSAN Service and Mainte-
nance Guide. To replace the filter, contact a
NISSAN dealer.
The filter should be replaced if air flow is
extremely decreased or when windows fog
up easily when operating heater or air
conditioning system.
SAA2315
4-22 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

158. Black plate (151,1)
AUDIO SYSTEM
SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS function in your NISSAN radio system.
The air conditioning system in your NISSAN is Radio Reception conditions will constantly change
charged with a refrigerant designed with the because of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,
environment in mind. This refrigerant will not Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
signal distance and interference from other
harm the earth’s ozone layer. However, position and push the radio band select button
vehicles can work against ideal reception.
special charging equipment and lubricant are to turn on the radio. If you listen to the radio with
Described below are some of the factors that
required when servicing your NISSAN air con- the engine not running, the ignition switch
can affect your radio reception.
ditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubri- should be pushed to the ACC position.
cants will cause severe damage to your air Some cellular phones or other devices may
Radio reception is affected by station signal
conditioning system. (See “CAPACITIES AND cause interference or a buzzing noise to come
strength, distance from radio transmitter, build-
RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the from the audio system speakers. Storing the
ings, bridges, mountains and other external
“9. Technical and consumer information” section device in a different location may reduce or
influences. Intermittent changes in reception
for air conditioning system refrigerant and eliminate the noise.
quality normally are caused by these external
lubricant recommendations.) influences.
Your NISSAN dealer will be able to service your Using a cellular phone in or near the
environmentally friendly air conditioning system. vehicle may influence radio reception
quality.
WARNING Radio reception:
The system contains refrigerant under Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with
high pressure. To avoid personal injury, state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance
any air conditioner service should be radio reception. These circuits are designed to
done only by an experienced technician extend reception range, and to enhance the
with the proper equipment. quality of that reception.
However there are some general characteristics
of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect
radio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even
when the finest equipment is used. These
characteristics are completely normal in a given
reception area, and do not indicate any mal-
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-23
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

159. Black plate (152,1)
Static and flutter: During signal interference from Satellite radio reception (if so equipped):
buildings, large hills or due to antenna position,
usually in conjunction with increased distance When the satellite radio is used for the first time
from the station transmitter, static or flutter can or the battery has been replaced, the satellite
be heard. This can be reduced by lowering the radio may not work properly. This is not a
treble setting to reduce the treble response. malfunction. Wait more than 10 minutes with the
satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any
Multipath reception: Because of the reflective metal or large building for the satellite radio to
characteristics of FM signals, direct and re- receive all of the necessary data.
flected signals reach the receiver at the same
time. The signals may cancel each other, The satellite radio mode requires an active XM®
resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound. Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio is
not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.
AM radio reception:
The satellite radio performance may be affected
SAA0306
AM signals, because of their low frequency, can if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite
bend around objects and skip along the ground. radio signal.
FM radio reception: In addition, the signals can be bounced off the
ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of If possible, do not put cargo near the satellite
Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 these characteristics. AM signals are also antenna.
miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (single subject to interference as they travel from A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna
channel) FM having slightly more range than transmitter to receiver. can affect satellite radio performance. Remove
stereo FM. External influences may sometimes the ice to restore satellite radio reception.
interfere with FM station reception even if the Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing
FM station is within 25 miles (40 km). The through freeway underpasses or in areas with
strength of the FM signal is directly related to the many tall buildings. It can also occur for several
distance between the transmitter and receiver. seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in
FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibiting areas where no obstacles exist.
many of the same characteristics as light. For Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical
example they will reflect off objects. power lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.
Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away from
a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fade
and/or drift.
4-24 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

160. Black plate (153,1)
. During cold weather or rainy days, the player — CDs with a paper label
may malfunction due to the humidity. If this
occurs, remove the CD and dehumidify or — CDs that are warped, scratched, or have
ventilate the player completely. abnormal edges
. The player may skip while driving on rough . This audio system can only play prerecorded
roads. CDs. It has no capabilities to record or burn
CDs.
. The CD player sometimes cannot function
when the passenger compartment tempera- . If the CD cannot be played, one of the
ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem- following messages will be displayed.
perature before use. CHECK DISC:
. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) round — Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly
discs that have the “COMPACT disc DIGI- (the label side is facing up, etc.).
TAL AUDIO” logo on the disc or packaging.
— Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped
. Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight. and it is free of scratches.
. CDs that are of poor quality, dirty, scratched, PUSH EJECT:
covered with fingerprints, or that have pin
holes may not work properly. This is an error due to the temperature inside
the player is too high. Remove the CD by
. The following CDs may not work properly: pushing the EJECT button, and after a short
— Copy control compact discs (CCCD) time reinsert the CD. The CD can be played
when the temperature of the player returns
SAA0480
— Recordable compact discs (CD-R) to normal.
Compact Disc (CD) player — Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW) UNPLAYABLE:
. Do not force a compact disc into the CD
insert slot. This could damage the CD and/ . Do not use the following CDs as they may The file is unplayable in this audio system
or CD changer/player. cause the CD player to malfunction. (only MP3 or WMA CD).
. Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed — 3.1 in (8 cm) discs
could damage the CD and/or CD changer. — CDs that are not round
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-25
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

161. Black plate (154,1)
CompactFlash (CF) player (if so black out, but it will soon recover. — Twist the cable excessively (more than
equipped) 180 degrees).
. ®
Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause
. Do not force a CF card into the slot. This a checkmark to be displayed on and off — Pull or drop the cable.
could damage the CF card and/or player. (flickering). Always make sure that the iPod®
is connected properly. — Close the center console lid on the cable
. During cold weather or rainy days, the player or connectors.
may malfunction due to the humidity. If this . The iPod® nano (2nd Generation) will
occurs, remove the CF card and dehumidify continue to fast forward or rewind if it is — Store objects with sharp edges in the
or ventilate the player completely. disconnected during a seek operation. storage where the cable is stored.
. The CF player sometimes cannot function . An incorrect song title may appear when the — Spill liquids on the cable and connectors.
when the passenger compartment tempera- Play Mode is changed while using the iPod® . Do not connect the cable to the iPod® if the
ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem- nano (2nd Generation). cable and/or connectors are wet. It may
perature before use. damage the iPod®.
. Audiobooks may not play in the same order
. Do not expose a CF card to direct sunlight. as they appear on the iPod®. . If the cable and connectors are exposed to
. Confirm that a CF card is inserted correctly. . The iPod® nano (1st Generation) may remain water, allow the cable and/or connectors to
in fast forward or rewind mode if it is dry completely before connecting the cable
iPod® player (if so equipped) connected during a seek operation. In this to the iPod® (wait 24 hours for it to dry).
. Some characters used in other languages case, please manually reset the iPod®. . If the connector is exposed to fluids other
(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed than water, evaporative residue may cause a
properly on the vehicle center screen. We . If you are using an iPod® (3rd Generation
with Dock connector), do not use very long short between the connector pins. In this
recommend using English language char- case, replace the cable, otherwise damage
acters with an iPod®. names for the song title, album name or
artist name to avoid the iPod® from resetting to the iPod® and a loss of function may
. Large video podcast files cause slow itself. occur.
responses in the iPod®. The vehicle center . If the cable is damaged (insulation cut,
display may momentarily black out, but it will . Be careful not to do the following, or the
cable could be damaged and a loss of connectors cracked, contamination such as
soon recover. liquids, dust, dirt, etc. in the connectors), do
function may occur.
. If the iPod® automatically selects large video not use the cable and contact a NISSAN
podcast files while in the shuffle mode, the — Bend the cable excessively (1.6 in (40 dealer to replace the cable with a new one.
mm) radius minimum).
vehicle center display may momentarily . When not in use for extended periods of
4-26 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

162. Black plate (155,1)
time, store the cable in a clean, dust free digital audio tracks in the same amount of CompactFlash is a trademark of SanDisk
environment at room temperature and with- space when compared to MP3s at the same Corporation in the United States of America
out direct sun exposure. level of quality. and/or other countries.
. Do not use the cable for any other purposes . Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of
other than its intended use in the vehicle. bits per second used by a digital music files.
The size and quality of a compressed digital
* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in audio file is determined by the bit rate used
the U.S. and other countries. when encoding the file.
Compact Disc (CD)/CompactFlash (CF) . Sampling frequency — Sampling frequency
with MP3 or WMA is the rate at which the samples of a signal
are converted from analog to digital (A/D
Explanation of terms: conversion) per second.
. MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures
. Multisession — Multisession is one of the
Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the
methods for writing data to media. Writing
most well known compressed digital audio
data once to the media is called a single
file format. This format allows for near “CD
session, and writing more than once is
quality” sound, but at a fraction of the size of
called a multisession.
normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an
audio track from CD/CF can reduce the file . ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is the
size by approximately 10:1 ratio (Sampling: part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that
44.1 kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually contains information about the digital music
no perceptible loss in quality. MP3 com- file such as song title, artist, album title,
pression removes the redundant and irrele- encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc.
vant parts of a sound signal that the human ID3 tag information is displayed on the
ear doesn’t hear. Album/Artist/Track title line on the display.
. WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is a * Windows® and Windows Media® are regis-
compressed audio format created by Micro- tered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft
soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA Corporation in the United States of America
codec offers greater file compression than and/or other countries.
the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-27
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

163. Black plate (156,1)
. If there is a file in the top level of the disc,
“Root Folder” is displayed.
. The playback order is the order in which the
files were written by the writing software, so
the files might not play in the desired order.
SAA1025
Playback order:
Music playback order of the CD/CF with MP3 or
WMA is as illustrated above.
. The folder names of folders not containing
MP3/WMA files are not shown in the
display.
4-28 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

164. Black plate (157,1)
Specification chart:
Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, CF
CD, CD-R, CD-RW: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet
* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.
Supported file systems * Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.
CompactFlash card: FAT12, FAT16, FAT32
Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5
MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz
Supported Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4
versions*1 Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9
WMA*2 Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz
Bit rate 32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR*4
With navigation system:
ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)
Tag information (Song title and Artist name) Without navigation system:
ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only)
WMA tag (WMA only)
Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
With navigation system: 128 characters
Text character number limitation
Without navigation system: 64 characters
01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big
Displayable character codes*3
Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian)
*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.
*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.
*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-29
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

165. Black plate (158,1)
Troubleshooting guide:
Symptom Cause and Countermeasure
Check if the CD/CF was inserted correctly.
Check if the CD/CF is scratched or dirty.
Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before
using the player.
If there is a temperature increase error, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.
If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data)
Cannot play will be played.
Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes
and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.
Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of
MP3/WMA writing applications or other text editing applications.
Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.
Check if the CD/CF is protected by copyright.
Poor sound quality Check if the CD/CF is scratched or dirty.
It takes a relatively long time before the music If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3/WMA CD/CF, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required
starts playing. before the music starts playing.
The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc.,
Music cuts off or skips
might not match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.
Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.
When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma”, or when play is
Move immediately to the next song when playing.
prohibited by copyright protection, the player will skip to the next song.
The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the
The songs do not play back in the desired order.
desired order.
4-30 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

166. Black plate (159,1)
13. RPT (repeat) button
14. TUNE/FF·REW button
FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC
(CD) PLAYER (models without naviga-
tion system)
For all operation precautions, see “AUDIO
OPERATION PRECAUTIONS” earlier in this
section.
Audio main operation
Head unit:
The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and
high frequency ranges automatically in both
radio reception and CD playback.
ON·OFF/Volume control:
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
position, and then push the PWR button while
the system is off to call up the mode (radio, CD
or AUX) which was playing immediately before
the system was turned off. While the system is
SAA2279 on, pushing the PWR button turns the system
off.
1. FM·AM band select button 7. MENU button
Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.
2. CD EJECT button 8. SEEK/APS (automatic program search) FF (fast
3. CD button forward)·APS REW (rewind) button
4. Station and preset select button 9. RDM (random) button
5. Audio display 10. PWR (power) button/VOL (volume) control knob
6. AUX (auxiliary) button 11. SCAN tuning button
12. AUX IN jack
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-31
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

167. Black plate (160,1)
Adjusting sound quality: The last station played will also come on when station.
the PWR button is pushed to ON.
Push the MENU button to change the selecting to Station memory operations:
mode as follows. If another audio source is playing when the radio
band select button is turned to ON, the audio Twelve stations can be set for the FM band (6
source will automatically be turned off and the each for FM1 and FM2) and 6 stations can be
last radio station played will come on. set for the AM band.
When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the 1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2
Push the TUNE or SEEK button to adjust Bass, radio will automatically change from stereo to using the radio band select button.
Treble, Fade and Balance to the desired level. monaural reception. 2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK,
Fade adjusts the sound level between the front SCAN or TUNE button.
and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the TUNE (Tuning):
sound between the right and left speakers. 3. Select the desired station and push and
Push the TUNE button for manual tuning. hold the desired station preset buttons 1 to
Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the 6 until a beep sound is heard. (The radio
desired level, push the MENU button repeatedly mutes when the select button is pushed.)
until the radio or CD display reappears. Other- SEEK tuning:
wise, the radio or CD display will automatically 4. The channel indicator will then come on and
Push the SEEK button or to tune from
reappear after about 10 seconds. the sound will resume. Memorizing is now
low to high or high to low frequencies and to
complete.
FM-AM radio operation stop at the next broadcasting station.
5. Other buttons can be set in the same
manner.
radio (FM/AM) band select: SCAN tuning:
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse
Pushing the radio band select button will Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low
blows, the radio memory will be erased. In that
change the band as follows: to high frequencies and stops at each broad-
case, reset the desired stations.
casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing the
AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM button again during this 5 seconds period will Compact Disc (CD) player operation
stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain
When the radio band select button is pushed Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
tuned to that station.
while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position, and insert the CD into the slot with the
position, the radio will come on at the station last If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 label side facing up. The CD will be guided
played. seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next automatically into the slot and start playing.
4-32 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

168. Black plate (161,1)
After loading the disc, the number of tracks on RDM button:
the disc will appear on the display. APS (Automatic Program Search)
FF, APF REW: 1 Disc Repeat (Normal play) Û 1 Disc Random
If the radio is already operating, it will auto-
matically turn off and the CD will play. When (APS FF) of the SEEK button is The display shows the following symbol:
pushed while the CD is being played, the next (No mark): 1 CD RPT
If the system has been turned off while the CD track or the current track on the CD will start to
was playing, pushing the PWR button will start 1: 1 TR RPT
play from its beginning. Push several times to
the CD. skip through tracks. The CD will advance the RDM: 1 CD RDM
Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs. number of times the button is pushed. (When
the last track on the CD is skipped through, the A CD with MP3 or WMA is not supported with
first track will be played.) this function.
PLAY:
When the CD (CD play) button is pushed with When the (APS REW) button is pushed, CD EJECT:
the system off and the compact disc loaded, the the track being played returns to its beginning.
Push several times to skip back through tracks. When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the
system will turn on and the CD will start to play. CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.
The CD will go back the number of times the
When the CD button is pushed with the CD button is pushed. When this button is pushed while the CD is
loaded and the radio playing, the radio will being played, the CD will come out and the
automatically be turned off and the CD will start A CD with MP3 or WMA is not supported with system will turn off.
to play. this function.
If the CD comes out and is not removed, it
FF (Fast Forward), REW (Rewind): REPEAT (RPT)/RANDOM will be pulled back into the slot to protect
it.
(RDM) play:
When the (fast forward) or (rewind) of
the TUNE button is pushed while the CD is When the RPT or RDM button is pushed while SCAN tuning:
being played, the CD will play while fast the CD is being played, the play pattern can be
forwarding or rewinding. When the SCAN tuning button is pushed while
changed as follows:
the CD is being played, the beginning of all the
When the button is released, the CD will return RPT button: tracks of the CDs will be played for 10 seconds
to normal play speed. in sequence.
1 Disc Repeat (Normal play) Û 1 Track Repeat
Pushing the button again during this 10 second
period will stop SCAN tuning.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-33
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

169. Black plate (162,1)
If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within
10 seconds, SCAN tuning continues to move to
the next CD track.
AUX (Auxiliary) button:
The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.
The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any
standard analog audio input such as from a
portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or
laptop computers.
Push the AUX button to play a compatible
device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack.
4-34 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

170. Black plate (163,1)
12. SCAN tuning button
13. ON·OFF button/ VOL (volume) control knob
14. DISC button
15. RPT (repeat) button
16. AUX (auxiliary) button
17. RDM (random) button
18. AUX IN jack
19. TUNE the CH (channel) or FOLDER/FF·REW
button
SAA2280
1. CD EJECT button 7. SEEK the TRACK, CAT (category) or FILE/APS
2. DISP (display) button (automatic program search) FF (fast forward)·APS
REW (rewind) button
3. Radio station preset/CD select buttons
8. MUTE button
4. Audio display
9. FM·AM band select button
5. SCRL (scroll) button
10. AUDIO button
6. LOAD button
11. SAT (satellite) band select button
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-35
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

171. Black plate (164,1)
FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT system is on, pushing the ON·OFF button turns FM-AM-SAT radio operation
DISC (CD) CHANGER (models without the system off.
navigation system) Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume. radio (FM/AM) band select:
For all operation precautions, see “AUDIO
OPERATION PRECAUTIONS” earlier in this Pushing the radio band select button will
MUTE button: change the band as follows:
section.
The satellite radio mode requires an active XM®
Push the button to mute the audio sound. AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM
Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio is Push the button again to release the mute.
not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam. radio (SAT) band select:
Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-
It may take some time to receive the activation ance: Pushing the radio band select button will
signal after subscribing to the XM® Satellite change the band as follows:
Radio. After receiving the activation signal, an To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade, push
available channel list will be automatically the Audio button. When the display shows the XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? XM1
updated in the radio. For XM®, push the ignition setting you want to change (Bass, Treble,
When the radio band select button is pushed
switch from LOCK to ACC to update the Balance and Fade), push the SEEK or TUNE
button to set the desired setting. while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
channel list. position, the radio will come on at the channel
Audio main operation These items can also be adjusted by pushing last played.
the AUDIO button.
Head unit: The last channel played will also come on when
. Speed Sensitive Vol. the ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.
The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and
high frequency ranges automatically in both Sound volume is increased according to the The satellite radio mode requires an active XM®
radio reception and CD playback. vehicle speed. Choose the effect level from Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio is
OFF (0) to 5. not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.
ON·OFF/Volume control:
. Beep tuning If another audio source is playing when the radio
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON band select button is turned to ON, the audio
position, and then push the ON·OFF button When this item is turned to ON, you will hear source will automatically be turned off and the
while the system is off to call up the mode (radio, a beep sound when you use a button. last radio channel played will come on.
CD or AUX) which was playing immediately
before the system was turned off. While the When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the
radio will automatically change from stereo to
4-36 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

172. Black plate (165,1)
monaural reception. SAT tuner is connected.) 2. Tune to the desired station/channel using
the SEEK, SCAN or TUNE button.
. OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off)
TUNE (Tuning): 3. Push and hold the desired radio station
. CHECK ANTENNA (Antenna connection preset button * to * until a beep sound
. For AM and FM radio error)
1 6
is heard. (The radio mutes when the select
Push the TUNE button or for . LOADING (When the initial setting is button is pushed.)
manual tuning. performed) 4. The station indicator will then come on and
. For XM® Satellite Radio . UPDATING (When the satellite radio sub- the sound will resume. Memorizing is now
Push the TUNE button or to seek scription is not active) complete.
channels from all of the categories when any 5. Other buttons can be set in the same
CAT is not selected. SCAN tuning: manner.
Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse
SEEK tuning/CATEGORY to high frequencies and stop at each broad- opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that
(CAT): casting station/channel for 5 seconds. Pushing case, reset the desired stations.
the button again during this 5 seconds period
. For AM and FM radio will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain RADIO DISPLAY change:
Push the SEEK button or to tune tuned to that station/channel.
from low to high or high to low frequencies When the DISP button is pushed while the radio
If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 is being played, the audio display will change as
and to stop at the next broadcasting station. seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next follows:
. For XM® Satellite Radio station/channel.
Push the SEEK button or to tune *
1 to *
6 Station memory operations:
to the first channel of the next or previous Eighteen stations/channels can be set for the
category. SAT band (6 each for XM1, XM2 and XM3),
During satellite radio reception, the following twelve can be set for the FM band (6 each for Compact Disc (CD) changer operation
notices will be displayed under certain condi- FM1 and FM2), and 6 can be set for the AM Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
tions. band. position, push the LOAD button and insert the
CD into the slot with the label side facing up.
. NO SIGNAL (No signal is received while the 1. Choose the radio band using the radio band
The CD will be guided automatically into the slot
select button.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-37
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

173. Black plate (166,1)
and start playing. automatically be turned off and the CD will start
to play. FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-
After loading the CD, the number of tracks on wind):
the CD and the play time will appear on the When the DISC button is pushed while a CD is
display. loaded and a medium is played using the CD:
auxiliary input jacks, you can toggle back and
If the radio is already operating, it will auto- forth between CD and medium. When the (fast forward) or (rewind)
matically turn off and the CD will play. button is pushed while the CD is being played,
the CD will play while fast forwarding or
If the system has been turned off while the CD CD DISPLAY information: rewinding. When the button is released, the
was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will CD will return to normal play speed.
start the CD. When the DISP button is pushed while the CD
is being played, the audio display will change as CD with MP3 or WMA:
follows:
CD LOAD: When the or button is pushed for less
CD: than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,
To insert a CD in the CD changer, push the
LOAD button for less than 1.5 seconds. Select the folders in the CD will change.
the loading position by pushing the CD insert When the or button is pushed for
select button * to * , then insert the CD.
1 6
more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being
To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer in played, the CD will play while forwarding or
CD with MP3 or WMA:
succession, push the LOAD button for more rewinding. When the button is released, the CD
than 1.5 seconds. will return to the normal play speed.
The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the
APS (Automatic Program
display.
Search) FF, APS REW:
PLAY: When the (APS FF) button is pushed while
When the DISC (CD play) button is pushed with the CD is being played, the program next to the
the system off and the CD loaded, the system present one will start to play from its beginning.
will turn on and the CD will start to play. Push several times to skip through programs.
The CD will advance the number of times the
When the DISC button is pushed with the CD button is pushed. (When the last program on the
loaded and the radio playing, the radio will CD is skipped through, the first program will be
4-38 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

174. Black plate (167,1)
played.) When the (APS REW) button is If the CD comes out and is not removed, it
pushed, the program being played returns to its RANDOM (RDM) play: will be pulled back into the slot to protect
beginning. Push several times to skip back When the RDM button is pushed while the CD it.
through programs. The CD will go back the is played, the play pattern can be changed as
number of times the button is pushed. follows: AUX (Auxiliary) button:
CD PLAY selection: (CD) The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.
To change to another CD already loaded into the The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any
player, push the CD play select buttons * to
1 standard analog audio input such as from a
*.
6 portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or
laptop computer.
REPEAT (RPT) play: (CD with MP3 or WMA)
Push the AUX button to play a compatible
When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack.
played, the play pattern can be changed as
follows:
(CD)
CD EJECT:
When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the
CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.
(CD with MP3 or WMA)
To eject the discs selected by the CD select
button, push the EJECT button for less than 1.5
seconds.
To eject all the discs, push the EJECT button for
more than 1.5 seconds.
When this button is pushed while the CD is
being played, the CD will come out and the
system will turn off.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-39
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

175. Black plate (168,1)
FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT
DISC (CD) PLAYER (models with navi-
gation system)
For all operation precautions, see “AUDIO
OPERATION PRECAUTIONS” earlier in this
section.
The satellite radio mode requires an active XM®
Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio is
not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.
It may take some time to receive the activation
signal after subscribing the XM® Satellite Radio.
After receiving the activation signal, an available
channel list will be automatically updated in the
radio. For XM®, push the ignition switch from
LOCK to ACC to update the channel list.
Audio main operation
Head unit:
The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and
high frequency ranges automatically in both
radio reception and CD playback.
SAA2281
1. CD EJECT button 7. FM·AM band select button
2. ON·OFF button/VOL (volume) control knob 8. CD RPT (repeat)/RDM (random) play button
3. Radio station preset select buttons 9. SAT (satellite) button
4. DISC·AUX (auxiliary) button 10. Radio CAT (category)/REW (rewind) button for
5. Radio TUNE (tuning)/MP3/WMA folder select/ SEEK/TRACK
AUDIO control knob 11. FF (fast forward) button for SEEK/TRACK
6. Radio SCAN tuning button 12. CompactFlash (CF) card slot
4-40 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

176. Black plate (169,1)
ON·OFF/Volume control: Switching the display: Hawaii and Guam.
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON Pushing the DISC·AUX button will switch the If another audio source is playing when the radio
position, and then push the ON·OFF button displays as follows: band select button is turned to ON, the audio
while the system is off to call up the mode (radio, source will automatically be turned off and the
CD or AUX) which was playing immediately CD ? CompactFlash ? AUX ? iPod® ? Music last radio channel played will come on.
before the system was turned off. While the Box ? CD
system is on, pushing the ON·OFF button turns When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the
FM-AM-SAT radio operation radio will automatically change from stereo to
the system off.
monaural reception.
Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume. radio (FM/AM) band select:
TUNE (Tuning):
Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal- Pushing the radio band select button will . For AM and FM radio
ance: change the band as follows:
Turn the radio TUNE knob for manual tuning.
To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade, push AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM
the Audio control knob. When the display shows . For XM® Satellite Radio
the setting you want to change (Bass, Treble, radio (SAT) band select:
Balance and Fade), rotate the Audio control Turn the radio TUNE knob to seek channels
knob to set the desired setting. For the other from all of the categories when any CAT is
Pushing the radio band select button will not selected.
setting methods, see “HOW TO USE SETTING change the band as follows:
BUTTON” earlier in this section.
(With navigation system) SEEK tuning/CATEGORY
This vehicle has some sound effect functions as
XM1 ? XM2 ? XM1 (CAT):
follows:
. Speed Sensitive Vol. When the radio band select button is pushed . For AM and FM radio
while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Push the SEEK/TRACK button or
. Beep tuning position, the radio will come on at the channel to tune from low to high or high to low
For more details, see “VEHICLE INFORMATION last played. frequencies and to stop at the next broad-
AND SETTINGS (models with navigation sys- The last channel played will also come on when casting station.
tem)” earlier in this section. the ON·OFF button is pushed to ON. . For XM® Satellite Radio
The satellite radio is not available in Alaska, Push the SEEK/TRACK button or
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-41
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

177. Black plate (170,1)
to tune to the first channel of the next or *
1 to *
6 Station memory operations: displayed on the screen.
previous category.
Twelve stations/channels can be set for the FM . CH Name
During satellite radio reception, the following band (6 each for FM1 and FM2) and the SAT
notices will be displayed under certain condi- radio (6 each for XM1 and XM2), and 6 stations . Category
tions. can be set for the AM band. . Name
. NO SIGNAL (No signal is received while the 1. Choose the radio band using the radio band . Title
SAT tuner is connected.) select button.
. Other
. OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off) 2. Tune to the desired station/channel using
the SEEK/TRACK, SCAN button or the Compact Disc (CD) player operation
. CHECK ANTENNA (Antenna connection radio TUNE knob.
error) Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
3. Push and hold the desired station preset position and insert the Compact Disc (CD) into
. LOADING (When the initial setting is button * to * until a beep sound is
1 6
the slot with the label side facing up. The CD will
performed) heard. (The radio mutes when the select be guided automatically into the slot and start
playing.
. UPDATING (When the satellite radio sub- button is pushed.)
scription is not active) 4. The station indicator will then come on and After loading the CD, the number of tracks on
the sound will resume. Memorizing is now the CD and the play time will appear on the
SCAN tuning: complete. display.
Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low 5. Other buttons can be set in the same If the radio is already operating, it will auto-
to high frequencies and stop at each broad- manner. matically turn off and the CD will play.
casting station/channel for 5 seconds. Pushing If the system has been turned off while the CD
the button again during this 5 seconds period If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse
opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will
will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain start the CD.
tuned to that station/channel. case, reset the desired stations/channels.
Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.
If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 Text:
seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next When the “Text” key is selected with the multi-
station/channel. PLAY:
function controller on the display and then the
ENTER button is pushed while the satellite radio When the DISC·AUX (CD play) button is
is being played, the text information will be pushed with the system off and the CD loaded,
4-42 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

178. Black plate (171,1)
the system will turn on and the CD will start to . Artist (CD with MP3 or WMA)
play.
When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with the FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-
CD loaded and the radio playing, the radio will wind)/APS (Automatic Pro-
automatically be turned off and the CD will start gram Search) FF, APS REW:
to play.
When the (fast forward) or (rewind)
When the DISC·AUX button is pushed while a button is pushed for more than 1.5 seconds CD EJECT:
CD is loaded and a medium is played using the while the CD is being played, the CD will play
auxiliary input jacks, you can toggle back and while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the
forth between the CD and the medium. button is released, the CD will return to normal CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.
play speed. When this button is pushed while the CD is
Text:
When the or button is pushed for less being played, the CD will come out and the
When the “Text” key is selected in the screen system will turn off.
than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,
using the multi-function controller and then the
the next track or the beginning of the current If the CD comes out and is not removed, it
ENTER button is pushed while the CD is being
track on the CD will be played. will be pulled back into the slot to protect
played, the music information below will be
displayed on the screen. The multi-function controller can also be used to it.
select tracks when a CD is being played.
CD:
. Disc title REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):
. Track title When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is
played, the play pattern can be changed as
CD with MP3 or WMA:
follows:
. Folder title
(CD)
. File title
. Song title
. Album title
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-43
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

179. Black plate (172,1)
Before connecting a device to a jack, turn off the
power of the portable device.
With a compatible device connected to the
jacks, push the DISC·AUX button repeatedly
until the display switches to the AUX mode. The
output from the device will be played through
the monitor and audio system.
SAA2282 SAA1567
Auxiliary input jacks Display Mode:
The auxiliary input jacks are located in the center
The AUX settings display will appear when the
console. NTSC compatible devices such as
“Setting” key is selected using the multi-
video games, camcorders and portable video
function controller and pushing the ENTER
players can be connected to the auxiliary jacks.
button.
Compatible audio devices, such as some MP3
players, can also be connected to the system Choose the display mode from the following:
through the auxiliary jacks.
. Normal
The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifica-
tion purposes. . Wide
. Yellow - video input . Cinema
. White - left channel audio input
. Red - right channel audio input
4-44 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

180. Black plate (173,1)
PLAY: FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-
wind)/APS (Automatic Pro-
When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with the
system off and the CF card inserted, the system gram Search) FF, APS REW:
will turn on.
When the (fast forward) or (rewind)
If another audio source is playing and a CF card button is pushed for more than 1.5 seconds
is inserted, push the DISC·AUX button repeat- while the CF card is being played, the CF card
edly until the center display changes to the will play while fast forwarding or rewinding.
CompactFlash mode. When the button is released, the CF card will
return to the normal play speed.
Text:
When the or button is pushed for less
When the “Text” key is selected on the screen than 1.5 seconds while the CF card is being
using the multi-function controller and then the played, the next track or the beginning of the
SAA1862 ENTER button is pushed while the CF is being current track on the CF card will be played.
played, the music information below will be
COMPACTFLASH (CF) PLAYER OP- displayed on the screen. The multi-function controller can also be used to
ERATION (models with navigation sys- select tracks when the CF card is being played.
. Folder title
tem) Folder selection:
. File Title
Audio main operation To change to another folder in the CF card, turn
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON . Song title the MP3/WMA folder selector or choose a
position, remove the cover * and insert a CF
A
. Album Title folder displayed on the screen using the multi-
card * into the slot. Then, push the
B function controller.
button repeatedly to switch to the Compact- . Artist
Flash mode.
If the system has been turned off while the
CompactFlash (CF) card was playing, pushing
the ON·OFF button will start the CF card.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-45
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

181. Black plate (174,1)
To disconnect the cable from the vehicle outlet,
REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM): fully depress the center connector button to
When the RPT button is pushed while the CF unlatch the connector and pull the connector
card is played, the play pattern can be changed straight out of the outlet. To disconnect the
as follows: cable from the iPod®, fully depress the side
connector buttons and pull the iPod® connector
straight out of the iPod®.
* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in
CF EJECT: the U.S. and other countries.
When the knob next to the CF slot is pushed Compatibility
with the CF card inserted, the CF card will be The following models are available:
ejected.
. Third generation iPod® (Firmware version
Messages: SAA2283 2.3 or later) (Audiobook and Podcast are not
available)
The following messages will be displayed under iPod® PLAYER OPERATION (if so
certain conditions. equipped) . Fourth generation iPod® (Firmware version
3.1.1 or later)
. Reading Compact Flash (The system is Connecting iPod®
reading the CF card inserted in the slot.) . Fifth generation iPod® (Firmware version
Open the console lid and connect the cable * 1
1.1.2 or later)
. No Compact Flash card (A CF card is not as illustrated, and then connect the other end of
inserted in the slot.) the cable to your iPod® * . Your vehicle is
2 . iPod® mini (Firmware version 1.41 or later)
equipped with the specialized cable for con-
. Compact Flash read error (The system necting the iPod® to your vehicle audio unit. The . iPod® photo (Firmware version 1.2.1 or later)
cannot read a CF card.) battery of your iPod® is charged during the . iPod® nano (Firmware version 1.2 or later)
. Unplayable file (The system cannot play a connection to the vehicle.
music file.) Make sure that your iPod® firmware is updated.
The display on the iPod® shows a NISSAN
. No audio file (The CF card inserted in the screen when the connection is completed. Audio main operation
slot or its folder does not contain any music While connecting the iPod® to the vehicle, the Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
files.) iPod® can only be operated by the vehicle audio position. Then, push the DISC·AUX button
controls.
4-46 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

182. Black plate (175,1)
repeatedly to switch to the iPod® mode. . Genres
®
If the system has been turned off while the iPod . Composers
was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will
start the iPod®. . Audiobooks
The following touch-panel buttons shown on the
DISC·AUX button:
screen are also available:
When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with the
system off and the iPod® connected, the system . : returns to the previous screen.
will turn on. If another audio source is playing . : plays/pauses the music selected. MUSIC BOX HARD-DISK DRIVE (mod-
and the iPod® is connected, push the DISC·AUX
button repeatedly until the center display FF (Fast Forward), REW (Rewind)/APS els with navigation system)
changes to the iPod® mode. (Automatic Program Search) FF, APS REW: The “Music Box” hard-disk drive audio system
can store songs from CDs being played. The
Interface: When the or button is pushed for
system has a 9.3 gigabyte (GB) storage
more than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is
The interface for iPod® operation shown on the capacity and can record up to 200 hours
playing, the iPod® will play while fast forwarding
vehicle center display is similar to the iPod® (approximately 2,900 songs).
or rewinding. When the button is released, the
interface. Use the multi-function controller and iPod® will return to the normal play speed. The following CDs can be recorded in the
the ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod® “Music Box” hard-disk drive audio system.
with your favorite settings. When the or button is pushed for less
than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, the . CDs without MP3/WMA files
The following items can be chosen from the next track or the beginning of the current track
menu list screen. For further information about on the iPod® will be played. . Hybrid Compact Disc Digital Audio (Hybrid
each item, see the iPod® Owner’s Manual. CD-DA) specification in Super Audio CDs
The multi-function controller can also be used to
. Playlists select tracks when the iPod® is playing. . Compact Disc Digital Audio (CD-DA) spe-
cification in CD-Extras
. Artists
REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM): . First session of multisession disc
. Albums
When the RPT button is pushed while a track is Extreme temperature conditions [below
. Songs being played, the play pattern can be changed −48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)] could
. Podcasts as follows: affect the performance of the hard-disk.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-47
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

183. Black plate (176,1)
NOTE: drive.
If the hard-disk needs to be replaced due . The skip, fast forward and rewind
to a malfunction, all stored music data will features are disabled while the CD is
be erased. recording.
. The recording process can be stopped
at any time. All tracks that were played
before the CD was stopped are stored.
. Individual tracks can be deleted from
the hard-disk drive after the CD is
recorded.
SAA1613
Recording CDs
1. Operate the audio system to play a CD. For
the details of playing CDs, see “Compact
Disc (CD) changer operation” earlier in this
section.
2. Select the “REC” key using the multi-
function controller and push the ENTER
button.
NOTE:
. The system starts playing and record-
ing the 1st track on the CD when the
“REC” key is selected.
. Individual tracks from a CD cannot be
recorded to the “Music Box” hard-disk
4-48 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

184. Black plate (177,1)
. There is not enough space in the hard-disk
. The number of albums reaches the maximum
of 500.
. The number of tracks reaches the maximum
of 3,000.
Automatic recording:
If the “Automatic Recording” function is turned
to ON, recording starts when a CD is inserted.
(See “Music Box settings” later in this section.)
Stopping recording:
To stop the recording, select the STOP button
SAA1614 SAA1615
by touching the screen or using the multi-
If the title information of the track being recorded function controller. Playing recorded songs
is stored either in the hard-disk drive or in the Select the “Music Box” audio system by using
If the CD is ejected, the audio system is turned
CD, the title is automatically displayed on the off or the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF one of the following methods.
screen. For title acquisition from the hard-disk position, the recording also stops.
drive, music recognition technology and related . Push the source select switch on the
data are provided by Gracenote®. steering wheel repeatedly until the center
display changes to the Music Box mode.
To view the details of the track, select the “Text” (See “STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTED
key by touching the screen or using the multi- CONTROLS FOR AUDIO” later in this
function controller. The track name and album section.)
title are displayed on the screen.
. Push the DISC·AUX button repeatedly until
If a track is not recorded successfully due to the center display changes to the Music Box
skipping sounds, the mark is displayed mode.
behind the track number.
. Give voice commands. (See “NISSAN
The “Music Box” hard-disk drive cannot perform VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM (models
recording under the following conditions.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-49
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

185. Black plate (178,1)
with navigation system)” later in this sec- Play mode selection:
tion.)
To change to another album or artist, turn the
Stopping playback: MP3/WMA folder selector.
The system stops playing when:
REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):
a. another mode (radio, CD, CompactFlash or
AUX) is selected. When the RPT·RDM button is pushed while a
track is being played, the play pattern can be
b. the audio system is turned off. changed as follows:
c. the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK
position.
FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-
wind)/APS (Automatic Pro- SAA1684
gram Search) FF, APS REW: There are some options available during play-
back. Select one of the following that are
When the (fast forward) or (rewind)
displayed on the screen, if necessary.
button is pushed for more than 1.5 seconds
while a track is being played, the track will play Menu:
while fast forwarding or rewinding. When the
button is released, the track will return to the Refer to the following information for each item.
normal play speed. . Play by Artist
When the or button is pushed for less Plays songs by an artist whose music is
than 1.5 seconds while a track is being played, currently being played. The artists are sorted
the next track or the beginning of the current in alphabetical order.
track will be played.
The multi-function controller can also be used to
select tracks when a track is being played.
4-50 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

186. Black plate (179,1)
. Play by Category
Plays music from one of the following
categories: My Favorites, Hit Songs, Kids’
Songs and Rarely Played.
. Search Artists
Displays a list of artists in alphabetical order.
Selecting an artist displays all of the tracks
by the artist and starts playing the first track.
SAA1685 SAA1686
. Play by Album . Search Albums
Plays tracks in each album. The albums are Displays a list of albums in order of the date
sorted in alphabetical order. when they were stored in the system.
Selecting an album displays all of the tracks
. Play by Date on the album and starts playing the first
Plays tracks in each album. The albums are track.
sorted in order of the date when they were Select the “Sort” key to re-sort albums in
stored in the system. one of the following order: Rec. (Recorded)
. Play by Mood Date, Name, Release Year, Artist.
Plays music from one of the following . Search Song Details
moods: Relaxing Music, Lively Music, Slow Set the conditions and select the “Start
Music and Upbeat Music. Song Search” key to search for a desired
song that is stored in the system. The
conditions are as follows:
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-51
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

187. Black plate (180,1)
Music Tempo (All, Slow, Normal and Fast) and “Remaining Time” is displayed.) f. CDDB Version (the version of the built-in
Gracenote Database is displayed.)
Decade (All, ’70s, ’80s, ’90s, ’00s and ’10s b. Mood Categories (Number of saved
and After) tracks and their categories (Relaxing
Music, Lively Music, Slow Music, Upbeat
Group (All, Male Artist, Female Artist, Group Music and Others) are displayed.)
and Duo)
c. Deleted Items (Information about the
Category (Rock, Pop, Latin, Jazz, R&B, Hip deleted tracks is displayed.)
Hop, Club/Dance, Punk, Reggae, Folk,
Blues, Country, Metal, Easy Listening, New d. Search Missing Titles
Age, Soundtrack, Gospel & Religious,
World, Classical, Children’s and Other) If titles are not displayed for CDs that have
been recorded, titles can be acquired using
. Search Keywords one of the following methods:
Input a search keyword using the keypad — Retrieve from HDD
displayed on the screen. (See “HOW TO Searches the title using the database in
USE TOUCH SCREEN” earlier in this the hard-disk.
section.)
— Retrieve from CF
. Edit Albums Searches the title from the information
acquired on the Internet. Visit
Select a category (Rec. (Recorded) Date, www.nissanusa.com/gracenote/ for de-
Name, Released Year and Artist) and edit tails.
the details using the keypad displayed on
the screen. (See “HOW TO USE TOUCH — Transfer Missing Titles to CF
SCREEN” earlier in this section.) Transfers the information of the album
recorded without titles to a Compact-
. Music Box System Info. Flash card. Visit
Displays the following information about the www.nissanusa.com/gracenote/ for de-
Music Box hard drive: tails.
a. Music Box Used / Free Space (Informa- e. Music Box Settings (See “Music Box
tion about “Saved Album”, “Saved Track” settings” later in this section.)
4-52 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

188. Black plate (181,1)
SCREEN” earlier in this section.)
The category of the track can also be set to
Rock, Pop, Latin, Jazz, R&B, Hip Hop, Club/
Dance, Punk, Reggae, Folk, Blues, Country,
Metal, Easy Listening, New Age, Sound-
track, Gospel & Religious, World, Classical,
Children’s and Others.
. Remove Track
Reset the mood setting of a track.
Restoring deleted data
Deleted music data can be restored by perform-
SAA1688
ing the following. SAA1616
1. Select the “Menu” key and then the “Music
Text: Box System Info.” key on the screen.
Music Box settings
To set the Music box hard drive to your preferred
Refer to the following information for each item. 2. Select the “Deleted Items” key and then settings, select the “Menu” key during playback,
. Set Mood the “Album/Track” key. “Music Box System Info.” key, and “Music
3. Select the “Restore Album/Track” key to Box Settings” key with the multi-function
Set the mood category of the track to controller, and then push the ENTER button.
“Relaxing Music”, “Lively Music”, “Slow restore the deleted music data.
Music” or “Upbeat Music”. You can also listen to the beginning of each Automatic Recording:
. Delete Track track that has been deleted by performing the When this item is turned to ON, the Music Box
following. hard drive automatically starts recording when a
Delete the track being played. CD is inserted.
1. Select the “Menu” key and then the “Music
. Edit Info. Box System Info.” key on the screen. Recording Quality:
Edit the name of the track being played and 2. Select the “Deleted Items” key and then Set the recording quality of 105 kbps or 132
its artist using the keypad displayed on the the “Play Sample” key. kbps. The default is set to 132 kbps.
screen. (See “HOW TO USE TOUCH
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-53
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

189. Black plate (182,1)
Title Text Priority: information (“Gracenote Data”) from online identifier to track queries for statistical purposes.
servers (“Gracenote Servers”) and to perform The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
Set the priority to CDDB (Compact Disc Data other functions. You may use Gracenote Data identifier is to allow the Gracenote MusicID
Base) to acquire track information from the only by means of the intended End-User service to count queries without knowing any-
Gracenote Database or set to CD TEXT to functions of this device. thing about who you are. For more information,
acquire the information from CDs. see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, the Policy for the Gracenote MusicID Service.
Delete ALL Music Box Data: Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for
Delete all music data stored on the hard-disk. your own personal non-commercial use only. The Gracenote Software and each item of
You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”
Gracenote transmit the Gracenote Software or any Grace- Gracenote makes no representations or warran-
NOTE: note Data to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT ties, express or implied, regarding the accuracy
TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote
. The information contained in the THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACE- Servers. Gracenote reserves the right to delete
Gracenote Database is not fully guar- NOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY data from the Gracenote Servers or to change
anteed. PERMITTED HEREIN. data categories for any cause that Gracenote
. The service of the Gracenote Database You agree that your non-exclusive license to use
deems sufficient. No warranty is made that the
on the Internet may be stopped without Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are
the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, error-free or that functioning of Gracenote
prior notice for maintenance. and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you Software or Gracenote Servers will be unin-
violate these restrictions. If your license termi- terrupted. Gracenote is not obligated to provide
nates, you agree to cease any and all use of the you with new enhanced or additional data types
End-User License Agreement Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and or categories that Gracenote may provide in the
USE OF THIS PRODUCT IMPLIES ACCEP- Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves all future and is free to discontinue its online
TANCE OF THE TERMS BELOW. rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Soft- services at any time.
ware, and the Gracenote Servers, including all
Gracenote® MusicID® Terms of Use ownership rights. Under no circumstances will GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
Gracenote become liable for any payment to you EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
This device contains software from Gracenote, for any information that you provide. You agree NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
Inc. of Emeryville, California (“Gracenote”). The that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its rights under MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTI-
software from Gracenote (the “Gracenote Soft- this Agreement against you directly in its own CULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRIN-
ware”) enables this application to do online disc name. G E M E N T. G R A C E N OT E D O E S N OT
identification and obtain music-related informa- WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE
tion, including name, artist, track, and title The Gracenote MusicID Service uses a unique
4-54 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

190. Black plate (183,1)
OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACE- . A new disc may be rough on the inner and
NOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE outer edges. Remove the rough edges by
SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE rubbing the inner and outer edges with the
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST
PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES. CF cards
. Never touch the terminal portion of the
Copyright: CompactFlash cards. Do not bend the
Music recognition technology and related data cards.
are provided by Gracenote®. Gracenote is the . Always place the cards in the storage case
industry standard in music recognition technol- when they are not being used.
ogy and related content delivery. For more
information visit www.gracenote.com. . Do not place heavy objects on the cards.
CD and music-related data from Gracenote, SAA0451
. Do not store the cards in highly humid
Inc., copyright * 2000-2007 Gracenote.
C locations.
Gracenote Software, copyright * 2000-2007
C CD/CF (CompactFlash) CARE AND
Gracenote. This product and service may . Do not expose the cards to direct sunlight.
CLEANING
practice one or more of the following U.S. . Do not spill any liquids on the cards.
Patents: #5,987,525; #6,061,680; CD
#6,154,773, #6,161,132, #6,230,192, . Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch the Refer to the CompactFlash card Owner’s
#6,230,207, #6,240,459, #6,330,593, and surface of the disc. Do not bend the disc. Manual for the details.
other patents issued or pending. Some services
supplied under license from Open Globe, Inc. . Always place the discs in the storage case
for U.S. Patent: #6,304,523. Gracenote and when they are not being used.
CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote. . To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the
The Gracenote logo and logotype, and the center to the outer edge using a clean, soft
“Powered by Gracenote” logo are trademarks cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular
of Gracenote. motion.
Do not use a conventional record cleaner or
alcohol intended for industrial use.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-55
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

191. Black plate (184,1)
1. Source select switch . Pushing DOWN “ ”/UP “ ” longer
2. ENTER (models with navigation system) or tuning
(models without navigation system) switch Next or previous station
3. BACK switch CD:
4. Volume control switch
. Pushing DOWN “ ”/UP “ ” shorter
STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTED CON-
TROLS FOR AUDIO Next track or the beginning of the current
track
ENTER (models with navigation system)
or tuning (models without navigation . Pushing DOWN “ ”/UP “ ” longer
system) switch Disc change (if so equipped) (When only
Push the switch upward or downward to select one disc is loaded, the 1st track of the disc
a station, track, CD or folder when they are listed will be selected.)
on the display. You can also use the ENTER
SAA2157 CD/CF with MP3/WMA (if so equipped):
With navigation system switch to select the items on the usual setting
menu screen. . Pushing DOWN “ ”/UP “ ” shorter
After selecting an MP3 folder using the up and Next track or the beginning of the current
down switch, push the ENTER switch to track
complete the selection.
. Pushing DOWN “ ”/UP “ ” longer
While the display is in the NAVI, STATUS or
Audio setting screen, some audio functions can Folder change (When the last folder on a
also be controlled using the ENTER switch. The disc is playing, the next disc will be
function varies depending on if you push the selected.)
switch shorter (less than 1.5 seconds) or longer iPod® (models with navigation system):
(more than 1.5 seconds).
. Pushing DOWN “ ”/UP “ ” shorter
RADIO:
Previous or next track (Start/Pause or Menu
. Pushing DOWN “ ”/UP “ ” shorter can be selected when the ENTER button is
SAA2158 Next or previous preset station pushed.)
Without navigation system
4-56 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

192. Black plate (185,1)
CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO
. Pushing DOWN “ ”/UP “ ” longer . Models without navigation system When installing a car phone or a CB radio in
your NISSAN, be sure to observe the following
Rewind or fast forward search AM ? FM ? CD ? AUX ? SAT* cautions, otherwise the new equipment may
Music Box hard drive (models with navi- *: if so equipped adversely affect the electronic control modules
and electronic control system harness.
gation system):
ANTENNA
. Pushing DOWN “ ”/UP “ ” shorter WARNING
Window antenna
Next track or the beginning of the current
track
The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear . A cellular telephone should not be
window. used while driving so full attention
. Pushing DOWN “ ”/UP “ ” longer may be given to vehicle operation.
Playlist change (When the last playlist is CAUTION Some jurisdictions prohibit the use
playing, the next playlist will be selected.) of cellular telephones while driving.
. Do not place metalized film near the
rear window glass or attach any . If you must make a call while your
BACK switch metal parts to it. This may cause vehicle is in motion, the hands-free
Push this switch to go back to the previous poor reception or noise. cellular phone operational mode (if
screen or cancel the selection if it is not so equipped) is highly recom-
completed. . When cleaning the inside of the rear mended. Exercise extreme caution
window, be careful not to scratch or at all times so full attention may be
Volume control switches damage the rear window antenna. given to vehicle operation.
Push the upper (+) or lower (−) side switch to Lightly wipe along the antenna with
a dampened soft cloth. . If a conversation in a moving vehicle
increase or decrease the volume.
requires you to take notes, pull off
SOURCE select switch the road to a safe location and stop
Pushing the source select switch for changing your vehicle before doing so.
the mode as follows:
. Models with navigation system
AM ? FM ? SAT ? iPod® ? Music Box ?
CD ? CompactFlash
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-57
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

193. Black plate (186,1)
BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONE
SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION
SYSTEM
procedure is required anymore. Your phone is
CAUTION WARNING automatically connected with the in-vehicle
phone module when the ignition switch is
. Keep the antenna as far away as . Use a phone after stopping your pushed to the ON position with the registered
possible from the electronic control vehicle in a safe location. If you cellular phone turned on and carried in the
modules. have to use a phone while driving, vehicle.
. Keep the antenna wire more than 8 exercise extreme caution at all You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth®
in (20 cm) away from the electronic times so full attention may be given cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.
control system harness. Do not to vehicle operation. However, you can talk on only one cellular phone
route the antenna wire next to any . If you find yourself unable to devote at a time.
harness. full attention to vehicle operation The NISSAN Voice Recognition system sup-
. Adjust the antenna standing-wave while talking on the phone, pull off ports the phone commands, so dialing a phone
ratio as recommended by the man- the road to a safe location and stop number using your voice is possible. For more
ufacturer. your vehicle before doing so. details, see “NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION
. Connect the ground wire from the SYSTEM (models with navigation system)” later
in this section; page 4-82.
CB radio chassis to the body.
CAUTION Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
. For details, consult a NISSAN deal-
er. To avoid draining the vehicle battery, System, refer to the following notes.
use a phone after starting the engine. . Set up the wireless connection between a
®
compatible cellular phone and the in-vehicle
Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth phone module before using the Bluetooth®
Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an owner Hands-Free Phone System.
of a compatible Bluetooth® enabled cellular
phone, you can set up the wireless connection . Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones
between your cellular phone and the in-vehicle may not be recognized by the in-vehicle
phone module. With Bluetooth® wireless tech- phone module. Please visit
nology, you can make or receive a telephone call www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for a recom-
with your cellular phone in your pocket. mended phone list.
Once your cellular phone is paired to the in- . You will not be able to use a hands-free
vehicle phone module, no phone connecting phone under the following conditions:
4-58 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

194. Black plate (187,1)
— Your vehicle is outside of the telephone www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for trouble- — Operation is subject to the following two
service area. shooting help. conditions:
— Your vehicle is in an area where it is . Some cellular phones or other devices may 1) this device may not cause interference and
difficult to receive radio waves; such as in cause interference or a buzzing noise to
a tunnel, in an underground parking come from the audio system speakers. 2) this device must accept any interference,
garage, behind a tall building or in a Storing the device in a different location including interference that may cause un-
mountainous area. may reduce or eliminate the noise. desired operation of the device
— Your cellular phone is locked in order not . Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual IC Regulatory information
to be dialed. regarding the telephone pairing procedure — Operation is subject to the following two
specific to your phone, battery charging, conditions: (1) this device may not cause
. When the radio wave condition is not ideal cellular phone antenna, etc. interference, and (2) this device must accept
or ambient sound is too loud, it may be any interference, including interference that
difficult to hear the other person’s voice . The antenna display on the monitor will not may cause undesired operation of the
during a call. coincide with the antenna display of some device.
cellular phones.
. Immediately after the ignition switch is — This Class B digital apparatus meets all
pushed to the ON position, it may be . Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as requirements of the Canadian Interference-
impossible to receive a call for a short possible to hear the caller’s voice clearly as Causing Equipment Regulations.
period of time. well as to minimize its echoes.
Bluetooth trademark:
. Do not place the cellular phone in an area . If reception between callers is unclear,
surrounded by metal or far away from the in- adjusting the incoming or outgoing call BLUETOOTH® is a trademark
vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality volume may improve the clarity. owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,
degradation and wireless connection dis- U.S.A.
ruption. REGULATORY INFORMATION
. While a cellular phone is connected through FCC Regulatory information VOICE COMMANDS
the Bluetooth® wireless connection, the — CAUTION: To maintain compliance with You can use voice commands to operate various
battery power of the cellular phone may FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System features
discharge quicker than usual. the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system.
. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System modification, or attachments could damage
For more details, see “NISSAN VOICE RE-
seems to be malfunctioning, please visit the transmitter and may violate FCC regula-
COGNITION SYSTEM (models with navigation
tions.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-59
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

195. Black plate (188,1)
system)” later in this section; page 4-82.
SAA1895
PAIRING PROCEDURE
1. Push the PHONE button or the button,
and select the “Pair phone” key on the
display using the multi-function controller.
Then push the ENTER button.
SAA2284
CONTROL BUTTONS
1) PHONE button
2) TALK/PHONE SEND button
4-60 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

196. Black plate (189,1)
SAA1572 SAA1925 SAA1574
2. Select the “None (Add New)” key from the 3. When a PIN code appears on the screen, PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION
name list of the phones, and push the operate the compatible Bluetooth® cellular
ENTER button. phone to enter the PIN code. Up to 40 phone numbers can be stored in the
phonebook.
The pairing procedure of the cellular phone
varies according to each cellular phone. See 1. Push the SETTING button, and select the
the cellular phone Owner’s Manual for the “PHONE” key on the display using the
details. You can also visit multi-function controller. Then push the
www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or call ENTER button.
NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for 2. Select the “Phonebook” key, and push the
instructions on pairing NISSAN recom- ENTER button.
mended cellular phones.
3. Select the “None (Add New)” key from the
When the pairing is completed, the screen name list of the phonebook, and push the
will return to the Bluetooth® setup display. ENTER button.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-61
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

197. Black plate (190,1)
. To confirm the stored voicetags, select
the “Voicetag Directory” key using the
multi-function controller, and push the
ENTER button.
. There are different methods to input a
phone number. Select one of the follow-
ing options instead of “Transfer via
Bluetooth” in step 4 above.
— Enter Data by Keypad
Input the name and phone number manually
using the keypad displayed on the screen.
(See “HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN”
SAA1575 SAA1576
earlier in this section.)
4. Select the “Transfer via Bluetooth” key, 6. After the memory is registered in the phone- — Copy from Downloaded Phonebook
and push the ENTER button in order to book, the system will ask if you want to add Copy a phonebook from the Bluetooth®
register your cellular phone memory in the a voicetag for it. If you want to add a cellular phone. The availability of this func-
phonebook. voicetag, select the “YES” key on the “Add tion depends on each cellular phone. The
a voicetag?” screen. For example, if the copying procedure also varies according to
5. Operate the cellular phone to send a partner’s name is David, speak “David” after
person’s name and phone number from the each cellular phone. See cellular phone
a tone. The “David” voicetag is stored in the Owner’s Manual for more details.
memory of the cellular phone. The memory phonebook. Voicetags allow easy dialing
sending procedure from the cellular phone using the NISSAN Voice Recognition sys- — Copy from Outgoing Call Logs
varies according to each cellular phone tem. (See “NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION
manufacturer. See the cellular phone Own- Store the name and phone number from the
SYSTEM (models with navigation system)” outgoing call list.
er’s Manual for more details. later in this section; page 4-82.)
— Copy from Incoming Call Logs
7. When the phonebook registration is com-
pleted, the screen will return to the name list Store the name and phone number from the
of the phonebook. incoming call list.
4-62 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

198. Black plate (191,1)
— Delete 4. After the call is over, perform one of the
following to finish the call.
Delete a contact that is registered in the
phonebook. a. Select the “Hang up” key and push the
ENTER button.
b. Push the button on the steering
wheel.
c. Push the PHONE button on the instru-
ment panel.
There are different methods to make a call.
Select one of the following options instead of
“Call (Phonebook)” in step 2 above.
. Redial
SAA1895
Dials the previously called number by the
MAKING A CALL Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.
To make a call, follow the procedures below. . Call (Call Logs)
1. Push the PHONE button on the instrument Select the name or phone number from the
panel or the button on the steering incoming or outgoing call logs.
wheel. The “PHONE” screen will appear on
the display. . Call (Downloaded)
2. Select the “Call (Phonebook)” key on the Select the name or phone number from the
“PHONE” menu, and push the ENTER downloaded call list.
button. . Dial (Keypad)
3. Select the registered person’s name from Input the phone number manually using the
the list, and push the ENTER button. Dialing keypad displayed on the screen. (See
will start and the screen will change to the “HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN” earlier
call-in-progress screen. in this section.)
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-63
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

199. Black plate (192,1)
. Answer
Accept an incoming call to talk.
. On Hold
Put an incoming call on hold.
. Reject Call
Reject an incoming call.
To finish the call, perform one of the
following procedures listed below.
a) Select the “Hang up” key on the display
and push the ENTER button.
SAA1578 SAA1579
b) Push the PHONE button on the instrument
RECEIVING A CALL panel. DURING A CALL
When you hear a phone ring, the display will c) Push the button on the steering wheel. There are some options available during a call.
change to the incoming call mode. To receive a Select one of the following displayed on the
call, perform one of the following procedures screen if necessary.
listed below.
. Hang up
a) Select the “Answer” key on the display and
push the ENTER button. Finish the call.
b) Push the PHONE button on the instrument . Use Handset
panel. Transfer the call to the cellular phone.
c) Push the button on the steering wheel. . Mute
There are some options available when receiving Mute your voice to the person.
a call. Select one of the following displayed on
the screen.
4-64 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

200. Black plate (193,1)
. Keypad
Send a dial tone to the caller for using
network services such as voice mail.
. Cancel Mute
This will appear after “Mute” is selected.
Mute will be canceled.
To adjust the person’s voice to be louder or
quieter, push the volume control switch (+ or −)
on the steering wheel or turn the volume control
knob on the instrument panel while talking on
the phone. This adjustment is also available in
the SETTING mode.
SAA1580 SAA1581
PHONE SETTING Downloaded Phonebook
®
To set up the Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone Refer to the following information for each item.
System to your preferred settings, push the . Download All
SETTING button on the instrument panel and
select the “PHONE” key on the display, and Download all of the contacts registered in
then push the ENTER button. the Bluetooth® cellular phone. Availability of
this function depends on each cellular
Phonebook phone. The memory downloading procedure
See “PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION” earlier in from the cellular phone also varies according
this section for adding, editing and deleting a to each cellular phone. See cellular phone
contact. Owner’s Manual for more details.
. Delete Downloaded Phonebook
Delete a downloaded phonebook.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-65
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

201. Black plate (194,1)
. Delete an Entry of Downloaded Phone- . Pair Phone . Remove Paired Phone
book
See “PAIRING PROCEDURE” later in this Delete a registered cellular phone from the
Delete an entry from the downloaded section. paired list.
phonebook.
. Priority Change . Paired Phone List
Automatic Hold Use this command to change the priority Up to 5 registered cellular phones are
If this item is turned on, an incoming call will be level of the active phone. shown on the list. If you select a cellular
placed on hold automatically after several rings. phone that is different from the one currently
The priority level determines which phone being connected, the newly selected phone
Use Vehicle Ringtone will be connected to the system when more will be connected to the system.
If this item is turned on, a specific ringtone that is than one paired Bluetooth® phone is in the
different from the cellular phone’s will sound vehicle. . Edit Phone Name
when receiving a call. The system states the priority level of the Rename the registered cellular phones using
Delete Call Logs active phone and asks for a new priority level the keypad displayed on the screen. (See
(1, 2, 3, 4, 5). “HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN” earlier
Delete all of the incoming or outgoing call logs in this section.)
from the list. If the new priority level is already being used
for another phone, the two phones will swap
Bluetooth Setup priority levels.
See the following information for each item.
For example, if the current priority levels are:
. Bluetooth Priority Level 1 = Phone A
Priority Level 2 = Phone B
If this setting is turned off, the connection Priority Level 3 = Phone C
between the cellular phone and the in- and you change the priority level of Phone C
vehicle phone module will be canceled. to Level 1, then:
. Bluetooth Info Priority Level 1 = Phone C
Priority Level 2 = Phone B
Check information about the device name, Priority Level 3 = Phone A
device PIN and connection status.
4-66 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

202. Black plate (195,1)
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.
Symptom Solution
1. Ensure that the command is valid. (See “NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM (models with navigation system)” later in
this section; page 4-82.)
2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.
System fails to interpret the command
3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.
correctly.
4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy to
use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.
5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.
1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION” earlier in this
The system consistently selects the section.)
wrong voicetag.
2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-67
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

203. Black plate (196,1)
BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONE
SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION
SYSTEM
WARNING
. Use a phone after stopping your
vehicle in a safe location. If you
have to use a phone while driving,
exercise extreme caution at all
times so full attention may be given
to vehicle operation.
. If you find yourself unable to devote
full attention to vehicle operation
while talking on the phone, pull off
the road to a safe location and stop
your vehicle before doing so. SAA2316
1. Volume control switch −/+ ing procedure is required anymore. Your phone
CAUTION 2. PHONE SEND button is automatically connected with the in-vehicle
3. PHONE END button phone module when the ignition switch is
To avoid draining the vehicle battery, 4. Microphone pushed to the ON position with the registered
use a phone after starting the engine. Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth® cellular phone turned on and carried in the
Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an owner vehicle.
of a compatible Bluetooth® enabled cellular You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth®
phone, you can set up the wireless connection cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.
between your cellular phone and the in-vehicle However, you can talk on only one cellular phone
phone module. With Bluetooth® wireless tech- at a time.
nology, you can make or receive a hands-free
telephone call with your cellular phone in your Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
pocket. System, refer to the following notes.
Once your cellular phone is paired to the in- . Set up the wireless connection between a
vehicle phone module, no other phone connect- compatible cellular phone and the in-vehicle
4-68 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

204. Black plate (197,1)
phone module before using the Bluetooth® degradation and wireless connection disruption. may not cause harmful interference, and
Hands-Free Phone System. (2) this device must accept any interfer-
While a cellular phone is connected through the ence received, including interference that
. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones Bluetooth® wireless connection, the battery may cause undesired operation.
may not be recognized by the in-vehicle power of the cellular phone may discharge
phone module. Please visit www.nissanusa. quicker than usual. FCC Radiation Exposure Statement:
com/bluetooth for a recommended phone ®
list. If the Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System This equipment complies with FCC radiation
seems to be malfunctioning, see “Troubleshoot- exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled
. You will not be able to use a hands-free ing guide” later in this section. You can also visit environment. This equipment should be installed
phone under the following conditions: www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for troubleshoot- and operated with minimum distance 8 in (20
ing help. cm) between the radiator and your body. This
— Your vehicle is outside of the telephone Transmitter must not be co-located or operating
service area. Some cellular phones or other devices may in conjunction with any other antenna or
cause interference or a buzzing noise to come transmitter.
— Your vehicle is in an area where it is from the audio system speakers. Storing the
difficult to receive radio waves; such as in device in a different location may reduce or
a tunnel, in an underground parking USING THE SYSTEM
eliminate the noise.
garage, near a tall building or in a The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows
mountainous area. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual hands-free operation of the Bluetooth® Hands-
regarding the telephone pairing procedure Free Phone System.
— Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it specific to your phone, battery charging, cellular
from being dialed. phone antenna, etc. If the vehicle is in motion, some commands may
not be available so full attention may be given to
When the radio wave condition is not ideal or Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as vehicle operation.
ambient sound is too loud, it may be difficult to possible to hear the caller’s voice clearly as well
hear the other person’s voice during a call. as to minimize its echoes. Initialization
Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to If reception between callers is unclear, adjusting When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
the ON position, it may be impossible to receive the incoming or outgoing call volume may position, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-
a call for a short period of time. improve the clarity. lized, which takes a few seconds. If the
button is pushed before the initialization com-
Do not place the cellular phone in an area This device complies with Part 15 of the pletes, the system will announce “Hands-free
surrounded by metal or far away from the in- FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the phone system not ready” and will not react to
vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality following two conditions: (1) this device voice commands.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-69
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

205. Black plate (198,1)
Operating tips . If a command is not recognized, the system oh”, or
To get the best performance out of the NISSAN announces, “Command not recognized.
Please try again.” Repeat the command in — “One eight zero zero six six two six two oh
Voice Recognition system, observe the follow- oh”
ing: a clear voice.
. If you want to go back to the previous . Words can be used for the first 4 digits
. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as places only.
possible. Close the windows to eliminate command, you can say “Go back” or
surrounding noises (traffic noises, vibration “Correction” anytime the system is waiting Example: 1-800-662-6200
for a response.
sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system — “One eight hundred six six two six two oh
from recognizing voice commands correctly. . You can cancel a command when the oh”,
. Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a system is waiting for a response by saying,
“Cancel” or “Quit.” The system announces — NOT “One eight hundred six six two sixty
command. Otherwise, the command will not two hundred, and
be received properly. “Cancel” and ends the VR session. You can
also push the button on the steering — NOT “One eight oh oh six six two sixty two
. Start speaking a command within 5 seconds wheel at any time. Whenever the VR session hundred.
after the tone sounds. is cancelled, a double beep is played to
indicate you have exited the system. . Numbers can be spoken in small groups.
. Speak in a natural voice without pausing The system will prompt you to continuing
between words. . If you want to adjust the volume of the voice entering digits, if desired.
feedback, push the volume control switch (+
Giving voice commands or −) on the steering wheel while being Example: 1-800-662-6200
To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, push provided with feedback. You can also use
and release the button located on the the radio volume control knob. — “One eight zero zero”
steering wheel. After the tone sounds, speak a The system repeats the numbers and
command. How to say numbers prompts you to enter more.
NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain — “six six two”
The command given is picked up by the way to speak numbers in voice commands.
microphone, and voice feedback is given when The system repeats the numbers and
Refer to the rules and examples below. prompts you to enter more.
the command is accepted.
. Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for “0”. — “six two zero zero”
. If you need to hear the available commands
for the current menu again, say “Help” and Example: 1-800-662-6200 . You can say “Star” for “*” and “Pound” for
the system will repeat them. “#” at any time in any position of the phone
— “One eight oh oh six six two six two oh
4-70 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

206. Black plate (199,1)
number. (Available only when using the “Call MODE/PHONE END
International” command.)
Push the button to cancel a VR session or
Example: 1-555-1212 *123 end a call.
— “One five five five one two one two star GETTING STARTED
one two three”
The following procedures will help you get
. Say “plus” for “+” (available only when using started using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
the “Call International” command). System with NISSAN Voice Recognition. For
additional command options, refer to “LIST OF
. Say “pause” for a 2 second pause (available
VOICE COMMANDS” later in this section.
only when storing a phone book number).
See “LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS” later in Choosing a language
this section and “Call” later in this section for You can interact with the Bluetooth® Hands-Free
more information. SAA2286 Phone System using English, Spanish or French.
NOTE: CONTROL BUTTONS To change the language, perform the following.
For best results, say phone numbers as 1. Press and hold the button for more
single digits. The control buttons for the Bluetooth® Hands-
Free Phone System are located on the steering than 5 seconds.
The voice command “Help” is available at any wheel. 2. The system announces: “Press the PHONE
time. Please say the “Help” command to get SEND ( ) button for the hands-free
information about how to use the system. TALK/PHONE SEND
phone system to enter the speaker adapta-
Push the button to initiate a VR session or tion mode or press the PHONE END ( )
answer an incoming call. button to select a different language.”
You can also use the button to skip through 3. Press the button.
system feedback and to enter commands during
a call. See “LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS” later For information on speaker adaptation, see
in this section and “DURING A CALL” earlier in “SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE”
this section for more information. later in this section.
4. The system announces the current language
and gives you the option to change the
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-71
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

207. Black plate (200,1)
language to Spanish (in Spanish) or French Pairing procedure number of phones paired.
(in French). Use the following chart to select
the language. The pairing procedure of the cellular phone
varies according to each cellular phone. See
NOTE: the cellular phone Owner’s Manual for
You must press the button or the details. You can also visit www.nissanusa.
button within 5 seconds to change com/bluetooth for instructions on pairing
the language. NISSAN recommended cellular phones.
Press 5. The system asks you to say a name for the
Press
Current lan-
(TALK/PHONE
(MODE/ phone * .
E
guage PHONE END)
SEND) to select If the name is too long or too short, the
to select
English Spanish French system tells you, then prompts you for a
1. Push the button on the steering wheel. name again.
Spanish English French
The system announces the available com- Also, if more than one phone is paired and
French English Spanish mands. the name sounds too much like a name
5. If you decide not to change the language, do 2. Say: “Setup” * . The system acknowl-
A already used, the system tells you, then
edges the command and announces the prompts you for a name again.
not press either button. After 5 seconds, the
VR session will end, and the language will next set of available commands. 6. The system asks you to assign a priority level
not be changed. 3. Say: “Pair phone” * . The system acknowl-
B * . The priority level determines which
F
edges the command and announces the phone is active when more than one paired
next set of available commands. Bluetooth® phone is in the vehicle. Follow
the instructions provided by the system or
4. Say: “New phone” * . The system ac-
C refer to “Setup” later in this section for more
knowledges the command and asks you to information on changing priorities.
initiate pairing from the phone handset * .
D
7. The system will ask if you would like to
When you are asked to enter a PIN code for select a custom ring tone * . Follow the
G
pairing your Bluetooth® cellular phone, instructions provided by the system or refer
operate it to enter the code “1234”. to “Setup” later in this section for more
information on selecting ringtones.
The code is always “1234” regardless of the
4-72 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

208. Black plate (201,1)
Making a call by entering a phone Receiving a call You can say “Help” to hear the list of commands
number When you hear the ring tone, press the currently available anytime the system is waiting
button on the steering wheel. for a response.
Once the call has ended, press the button If you want to end an action without completing
on the steering wheel. it, you can say “Cancel” or “Quit” at anytime the
system is waiting for a response. The system will
NOTE: end the VR session. Whenever the VR session
If you do not wish to take the call when you is cancelled, a double beep is played to indicate
hear the ring tone, press the button on you have exited the system.
1. Push the button on steering wheel. A
tone will sound. the steering wheel to reject the call. If you want to go back to the previous command,
you can say “Go back” or “Correction” anytime
2. Say: “Call” * . The system acknowledges
A For additional command options, see “LIST OF
the system is waiting for a response.
the command and announces the next set of VOICE COMMANDS” later in this section.
available commands. When you get used to the menus in the system,
LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS you can talk ahead by saying more than one
Say: “Call International” * to dial more
B
command at a time. For example, say, “Call five
than 10 digits or any special characters. five five one two one two” or “Memo pad
3. Say the number you wish to call * . For
C record.”
example, 555-1212 can be said as “five five Also, when you get used to the system
five one two one two.” See “How to say responses, you can skip ahead to the tone by
numbers” earlier in this section for more pressing the button on the steering wheel.
information. However, if you press the button when the
4. When you have finished speaking the phone When you push and release the button on system is waiting for a response from you it will
number, the system repeats it back and the steering wheel, you can choose from the end the VR session.
announces the available commands. commands on the Main Menu. The following
pages describe these commands and the
5. Say: “Dial” * . The system acknowledges
D
commands in each sub-menu.
the command and makes the call.
Remember to wait for the tone before
For additional command options, see “LIST OF
speaking.
VOICE COMMANDS” later in this section.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-73
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

209. Black plate (202,1)
Call earlier in this section and “Making a call by command, the system will prompt you to speak
entering a phone number” earlier in this section the number you wish to enter.
for more details.
During a call
“Redial” *
C
During a call there are several command options
Use the Redial command to call the last number available. Press the button on the steering
that was dialed within the vehicle. wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter
commands.
NOTE:
The system will not redial the last number . “Help” — The system announces the avail-
dialed by the handset keypad. able commands.
Name (speak name) *
A
The system acknowledges the command, re- . “Go back/Correction” — The system an-
If you have stored entries in the Phone Book, you peats the number and begins dialing. nounces “Go back,” ends the VR session
can dial a number associated with a name and and returns to the call.
location. If a redial number does not exist, the system
announces, “There is no number to redial” and . “Cancel/Quit” — The system announces
See “Phone book” later in this section to learn ends the VR session. “Cancel,” ends the VR session and returns
how to store entries. to the call.
When prompted by the system, say the name of
“Call back” *
D
. “Send/Enter/Call/Dial” — Use the Send
the phone book entry you wish to call. The Use the Call Back command to dial the number command to enter numbers during a call.
system acknowledges the name. of the last incoming call within the vehicle. For example, if you were directed to dial an
extension by an automated system:
If there are multiple locations associated with The system acknowledges the command, re-
the name, the system asks you to choose the peats the number and begins dialing. If a call Say: “Send one two three four.”
location. back number does not exist, the system
announces, “There is no number to call back” The system acknowledges the command
Once you have confirmed the name and and ends the VR session. and sends the tones associated with the
location, the system begins the call. numbers. The system then ends the VR
International
Number (speak digits) *
B
session and returns to the call.
When you would like to enter a phone number . “Transfer call” — Use the Transfer Call
When prompted by the system, say the number other than in 3-3-4 digit format, say “interna- command to transfer the call from the
you wish to call. Refer to “How to say numbers” tional”. When the system acknowledges this Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System to
4-74 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

210. Black plate (203,1)
the cellular phone when privacy is desired. have up to 4 locations/phone numbers asso- To enter a phone number by voice command:
ciated with it.
The system announces, “Transfer call. Call For example, say: “five five five one two one
transferred to privacy mode.” The system NOTE: two.” See “How to say numbers” earlier in this
then ends the VR session. Each phone has its own separate phone section for more information.
You can also issue the Transfer Call book. You cannot access Phone A’s phone To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular
command again to return to a hands-free book if you are currently connected with phone’s memory (if so equipped):
call through the vehicle. Phone B.
Say: “Transfer entry.”
. “Mute” — Use the Mute command to mute “New entry” *
A
your voice so the other party cannot hear it. The system acknowledges the command and
Use the New Entry command to store a new asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone
Use the mute command again to unmute name in the system.
your voice. handset. The new contact phone number will be
When prompted by the system, say the name transferred from the cellular phone via the
NOTE: you would like to give the new entry. Bluetooth® communication link.
If the other party ends the call or the The transfer procedure varies according to each
cellular phone network connection is lost For example, say: “Mary.”
cellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner’s
while the Mute feature is on, the Mute If the name is too long or too short, the system Manual for details. You can also visit www.
feature may need to be reset to “off.” tells you, then prompts you for a name again. nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions on
transferring phone numbers from NISSAN re-
Also, if the name sounds too much like a name
commended cellular phones.
already stored, the system tells you, then
prompts you for a name again. The system repeats the number and prompts
you for the next command. When you have
Once the system accepts the name and you
finished entering numbers, choose “Store.”
confirm it is correct, the system asks for a
location (Home, Office, Mobile or Other). The system confirms the name, location and
number. The system then asks if you would like
For example, say: “Home.”
to store another location for the same name. If
The system acknowledges the location. The you do not wish to store another location, the
Phone book
system will ask you to say a phone number or to system ends the VR session.
The Phone Book stores up to 40 names for each transfer a phone number stored in the cellular
phone paired with the system. Each name can phone’s memory.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-75
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

211. Black plate (204,1)
“Edit” *
B cellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner’s If there is no number for the entry you are trying
Manual for details. You can also visit www. to delete, the system says so and ends the VR
Use the Edit command to alter an existing phone nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions on session.
book entry or to add a 2nd, 3rd or 4th phone transferring phone numbers from NISSAN re-
number to an existing entry. commended cellular phones. “List names” *
D
When prompted by the system, say the name of The system repeats the number and prompts Use the List Names command to hear all the
the entry you wish to edit. you for the next command. When you have names and locations in the phone book.
The system acknowledges the name and asks finished entering numbers, choose “Store.” The system recites the phone book entries but
you for the location you would like to edit. The system confirms the name, location and does not include the actual phone numbers.
number, then announces that the entry has been When the playback of the list is complete, the
Say the name of the location. The system system returns to the main menu.
acknowledges the location. The system will ask stored. The system then ends the VR session.
you to say a phone number or to transfer a
phone number stored in the cellular phone’s
“Delete” *
C
You can stop the playback of the list at any time
by pressing the button on the steering
memory. Use the Delete command to erase one entry wheel. The system ends the VR session.
from the phone book, all entries from the phone
To enter a phone number by voice command: book, the current redial number or the current Memo pad
For example, say: “five five five one two one call back number.
two.” See “How to say numbers” earlier in this To delete entries from the phone book, say a
section for more information. name or “All entries” when prompted by the
To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular system.
phone’s memory (if so equipped): The system acknowledges the command and
Say: “Transfer entry.” asks you to confirm the deletion.
The system acknowledges the command and To delete the current redial number or call back The Memo Pad records a maximum of 6 voice
asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone number, say “redial number” or “call back memos, each up to 20 seconds long.
handset. The new contact phone number will be number” when prompted by the system.
transferred from the cellular phone via the “Play” *
A
If a redial number or a call back number exists,
Bluetooth® communication link. the system deletes them without asking for The system plays back all the memos in the
The transfer procedure varies according to each confirmation. order of newest to oldest. The system ends the
VR session.
4-76 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

212. Black plate (205,1)
If there are no memos recorded, the system Setup existing phone.
announces “No messages to play.” The system
ends the VR session. If you try to pair a phone that has already been
paired to your vehicle’s system, the system
“Record” *
B announces the name the phone is already using.
The pairing procedure will then be cancelled.
The system announces “Recording” and a tone
sounds signaling you to begin. When prompted by the system, choose from the
following commands:
Speak the information you wish to record clearly.
When you are done, press the or . “New phone” — Refer to “PAIRING PRO-
button on the steering wheel. CEDURE” earlier in this section.
A tone sounds and the system announces . “Replace phone” — The system announces
“Memo recorded.” Another tone sounds to end the names of the phones already paired and
the VR session. asks which you would like to replace.
If the memo pad is full, the system asks if you Use the Setup command to change options Once you say the name of the phone you
wish to record over the oldest memo. associated with the Bluetooth® Hands-Free wish to replace, the paring procedure will
Phone System. begin. Refer to “Pairing procedure” earlier in
“Delete” *
C
“Pair phone” *
A this section.
The Delete command erases all memos. The . “List phones” — See the description below.
system asks you to confirm this action before Use the Pair Phone command to pair a
deleting all memos. compatible phone to the Bluetooth® Hands-Free “List phones” *
B
Phone System.
Use the List Phones command to hear the
When you are asked to enter a PIN code for names of the phones currently paired. If no
pairing your Bluetooth® cellular phone, operate it phones are paired, the system announces, “No
to enter the code “1234”. paired phones to list.” The system then ends the
The code is always “1234” regardless of the VR session.
number of phones paired. “Select phone” *
C
Up to 5 phones can be paired. If you try to pair a Use the Select Phone command to select a
sixth phone, the system announces that you phone of lesser priority when two or more
must first delete one phone or replace an
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-77
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

213. Black plate (206,1)
phones paired with Bluetooth® Hands-Free Level 1, then: following commands:
Phone System are in the vehicle at the same
time. Priority Level 1 = Phone C . “Ringtone” — The system plays a ringtone
and asks if you would like to select that tone.
The system asks you to name the phone and Priority Level 2 = Phone B If you say no, the system plays the next
confirm the selection. Priority Level 3 = Phone A ringtone available and continues to cycle
through the ringtones until you select one or
Once the selection is confirmed, the selected “Delete phone” *
E quit.
phone remains active until the ignition switch is
turned OFF or you select a new phone. Use the Delete Phone command to delete a . “Silent” — The system asks you to confirm
specific phone or all phones from the Bluetooth® your wish to disable the ringtone.
“Change priority” *
D Hands-Free Phone System.
Use the Change Priority command to change
“Bluetooth off” *
G
The system announces the names of the phones
the priority level of the active phone. already paired with the system and their priority Use the Bluetooth Off command to turn off the
level. The system then gives you the option to Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.
The priority level determines which phone is
active when more than one paired Bluetooth® delete a specific phone, all phones or listen to When Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System is
phone is in the vehicle. the list again. off, you will not be able to make or receive calls
Once you chose to delete a phone or all phones, using NISSAN Voice Recognition. Also, you will
The system states the priority level of the active not have access to the Phone Book.
phone and asks for a new priority level (1, 2, 3, the system asks you to confirm this action.
4, 5). NOTE: You can still use the Memo Pad and access
Setup.
If the new priority level is already being used for When you delete a phone, the associated
another phone, the two phones will swap priority phone book for that phone will also be To turn on the system again, choose the
levels. deleted. Bluetooth On command from the Setup com-
mand.
For example, if the current priority levels are: “Select ringtone” *
F
Priority Level 1 = Phone A Use the Select Ringtone command to select the SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE
tone heard in the vehicle when an incoming call Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out-of
Priority Level 2 = Phone B is received. dialect users to train the system to improve
Priority Level 3 = Phone C The system announces the name of the active recognition accuracy. By repeating a number of
phone and asks you to choose from the commands, the users can create a voice model
and you change the priority level of Phone C to of their own voice that is stored in the system.
4-78 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

214. Black plate (207,1)
The system is capable of storing a different 6. Voice memory A or memory B is selected Training phrases
speaker adaptation model for memory A and automatically. If both memory locations are During the SA mode, the system instructs you to
memory B. already in use, the system will prompt you to say the following phrases.
overwrite one. Follow the instructions pro-
If memory A is available, the system will use vided by the system. (The system will prompt you for each phrase.)
memory A to store the model. If memory A is in
use and memory B is available, the system will 7. When preparation is complete and you are . phone book new entry
use memory B to store the model. If both of the ready to begin, press the button.
memory locations are in use, the system will ask . dial three oh four two nine
the user to select which memory location should 8. The SA mode will be explained. Follow the
instructions provided by the system. . delete call back number
be overwritten.
9. When training is finished, the system will tell . setup pair phone
Training procedure you an adequate number of phrases have . memo pad play
1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet been recorded.
outdoor location. . eight pause nine three two pause seven
10. The system will ask you to say your name.
2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the engine Follow the instructions to register your . delete all entries
running, the parking brake on, and the name.
transmission in Park. . call seven two four zero nine
11. The system will announce that speaker
3. Press and hold the button for more . phone book delete entry
adaptation has been completed and the
than 5 seconds. system is ready. . memo pad record
4. The system announces: “Press the PHONE The SA mode will stop if: . dial star two one seven oh
SEND ( ) button for the hands-free
phone system to enter the speaker adapta- . The button is pressed for more than 5 . Yes
tion mode or press the PHONE END ( ) seconds in SA mode.
. No
button to select a different language.” . The vehicle is driven during SA mode.
. select ring tone
5. Press the button. . The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or
LOCK position. . dial eight five six nine two
For information on selecting a different
language, see “Choosing a language” earlier . Bluetooth on
in this section.
. setup change priority
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-79
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

215. Black plate (208,1)
. call three one nine oh two . go back
. nine seven pause pause three oh eight . call five six two eight zero
. Cancel . dial six six four three seven
. call back number
. call star two zero nine five
. delete phone
. dial eight three zero five one
. Home
. four three pause two nine pause zero
. delete redial number
. phone book list names
. call eight oh five four one
. Correction
. setup change ring tone
. dial seven four oh one eight
. setup main menu
. Delete
. dial nine seven two six six
. memo pad delete
. call seven six three oh one
4-80 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

216. Black plate (209,1)
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.
Symptom Solution
1. Ensure that the command is valid. See “LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS” earlier in this section.
2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.
3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.
4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too
System fails to interpret the command correctly. noisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.
5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.
6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out to
improve the recognition response for the speaker. See “SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE” earlier in this
section.
1. Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed by
The system consistently selects the wrong entry from using the “List Names” command. See “Phone book” earlier in this section.
the phone book.
2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-81
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

217. Black plate (210,1)
NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION
SYSTEM (models with navigation
system)
NISSAN Voice Recognition allows hands-free mode description later in this section.
operation of the systems equipped on this
vehicle in one of two modes, Standard Mode To improve the recognition success rate when
or Alternate Command Mode. Alternate Command Mode is active, try using the
Speaker Adaptation Function available in that
In Standard Mode, commands that are available mode. Otherwise, it is recommended that
are always shown on the display and announced Alternate Command Mode be turned off and
by the system. You can complete your desired Standard Mode be used for the best recognition
operation by simply following the prompts given performance.
by the system. (See “NISSAN VOICE RECOG-
NITION STANDARD MODE” later in this section For the voice commands for the navigation
for details.) In this mode, hands-free operation of system, refer to the Navigation System Owner’s
Audio, Air Conditioner and Display is not Manual of your vehicle.
available through NISSAN Voice Recognition.
NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION
For advanced operation, you can use the STANDARD MODE SAA1566
Alternate Command Mode that enables the
The following section is applicable when the Activating Standard Mode
operation of the display, audio, and air condi-
Standard Mode is activated. (This mode is
tioner through NISSAN Voice Recognition. (See When the Alternate Command Mode is active,
selected by default for U.S. customers.)
“NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION ALTERNATE perform the following steps to switch to the
COMMAND MODE” later in this section for The Standard Mode enables you to complete Standard Mode.
details.) When this mode is active, an expanded the desired operation by simply following the
list of commands can be spoken after pushing prompts that appear on the display and also are 1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument
the TALK switch, and the voice command announced by the system. Hands-free operation panel.
menu prompts are turned off. Note that in this of Audio, Air Conditioner and Display systems is 2. Highlight the “Others” key on the display
mode the recognition success rate may be not available in this mode. and then push the ENTER button.
affected as the number of available commands
and the ways of speaking each command are 3. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key and
increased. then push the ENTER button.
For U.S. customers, the Standard Mode is
selected by default. For Canadian customers,
the Alternate Command Mode is the default
mode. To switch one mode to another, see each
4-82 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

218. Black plate (211,1)
Available items:
. Getting Started
Describes the basics of how to operate the
NISSAN Voice Recognition system.
. Placing Calls
Tutorial for making a phone call by voice
command operation.
. Finding a Street Address
Tutorial for entering a destination by street
address.
SAA1917 SAA2164 . Help on Speaking
4. Highlight the “Alternate Command 1. Push the INFO button on the instrument Displays useful tips of speaking for correct
Mode” key and push the ENTER button. panel. command recognition by the system.
5. The indicator turns off and the Standard 2. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key . Voice Recognition Settings
Mode activates. using the multi-function controller and push
the ENTER button. Describes the available voice recognition
Displaying user guide settings.
If you use the NISSAN Voice Recognition 3. Highlight the “User Guide” key using the
multi-function controller and push the EN- Note that the Command List feature is only
system for the first time or you do not know available when Alternate Command Mode is
how to operate it, you can display the User TER button.
active.
Guide for confirmation. 4. Highlight an item using the multi-function
You can confirm how to use voice commands by controller and push the ENTER button.
accessing a simplified User Guide, which You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say
contains basic instructions and tutorials for “Help”.
several voice commands.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-83
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

219. Black plate (212,1)
Recognition.
SAA1904 SAA2165
Getting Started Useful tips for correct operation
Before using the NISSAN Voice Recognition You can display useful speaking tips to help the
system for the first time, you can confirm how to system recognize your voice commands cor-
use commands by viewing the Getting Started rectly.
section of the User Guide.
Highlight “Help on Speaking” and push the
1. Highlight “Getting Started” and push the ENTER button.
ENTER button.
2. You can confirm the page by scrolling the
screen using the multi-function controller.
Tutorials on the operation of the NISSAN
Voice Recognition system
If you choose “Finding a Street Address” or
“Placing Calls”, you can view tutorials on how to
perform these operations using NISSAN Voice
4-84 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

220. Black plate (213,1)
commands. If the TALK switch is pushed
before the initialization completes, the display
will show the message: “Phonetic data down-
loaded. Please wait.” or a beep sounds.
Before starting
To get the best recognition performance from
NISSAN Voice Recognition, observe the follow-
ing:
. The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet
as possible. Close the windows to eliminate
the surrounding noises (traffic noise and
vibration sounds, etc.), which may prevent
the system from correctly recognizing the
SAA2166 SAA2167
voice commands.
Voice recognition settings . Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a Giving voice commands
The available settings of the NISSAN Voice command. 1. Push the TALK switch located on the
Recognition system are described. steering wheel.
. Speak in a natural conversational voice
1. Highlight “Voice Recognition Settings” and without pausing between words.
push the ENTER button.
. If the air conditioner is set to “Auto”, the fan
2. You can confirm the page by scrolling the speed is automatically lowered so that your
screen using the multi-function controller. commands can be recognized more easily.
USING THE SYSTEM
Initialization
When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
position, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-
lized, which takes a few seconds. When
completed, the system is ready to accept voice
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-85
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

221. Black plate (214,1)
shown on the display and spoken through General rule
voice menu prompts. Commands other than
those that are displayed are not accepted. Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used. (For
Please follow the prompts given by the example, if you would like to say 500, “five zero
system. zero” can be used, but “five hundred” cannot.)
. If the command is not recognized, the Examples
system announces, “Please say again”. . 1-800-662-6200
Repeat the command in a clear voice.
— “One eight zero zero six six two six two
. Push the BACK button once to return to the zero zero”
previous screen.
Improving Recognition of Phone numbers
. If you want to cancel the command, push
and hold the TALK switch. The You can improve the recognition of phone
message, “Voice cancelled” will be an- numbers by saying the phone number in three
SAA1908
nounced. groups of numbers. For example, when you try to
2. A list of commands appears on the screen, call 800-662-6200, say “eight zero zero” first,
and the system announces, “Would you like . Push the TALK switch to pause the and the system will then ask you for the next
to access Phone, Navigation, Information or operation. Push the TALK switch again three digits. Then, say “six six two”. After
Help?”. to restart the operation. recognition, the system will then ask for the last
. If you want to adjust the volume of the four digits. Say, “six two zero zero”. Using this
3. After the tone sounds and the icon on the method of phone digit entry can improve
screen changes from to , speak a system feedback, push the volume control
buttons [+] or [−] on the steering switch or recognition performance.
command.
use the audio system volume knob while the When speaking a house number, speak the
4. Continue to follow the voice menu prompts system is making an announcement. number “0” as “zero”. If the letter “o (Oh)” is
and speak after the tone sounds until your included in the house number, it will not be
desired operation is completed. How to speak numbers:
recognized as the number “0 (zero)” even if you
NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain speak “oh” instead of “zero”. You can only say
Operating tips:
way to speak numbers when giving voice “zero” for “0 (zero)”.
. Say a command after the tone. commands. Refer to the following examples.
. Commands that are available are always
4-86 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

222. Black plate (215,1)
Command List
Category Command:
Command Action
Phone Operates Phone function
Navigation Operates Navigation function
Information Displays vehicle Information function
Help Displays User Guide
. Phone Command:
Command Action
Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits.
Redial Makes a call to the latest dialed number.
Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Phonebook.
International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.
Change Number Corrects the phone number when it is not recognized. (Available during phone number entry)
. Navigation Command:
See the separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.
. Information Command:
Command Action
Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.
Maintenance Displays maintenance information.
Traffic Info. Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-87
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

223. Black plate (216,1)
Voice command examples
To use the NISSAN Voice Recognition function,
speaking one command is sometimes sufficient,
but at other times it is necessary to speak two or
more commands. As examples, some additional
basic operations by voice commands are
described here.
For navigation system commands, see the
separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.
SAA2167 SAA1908
Example 1 - Placing a call to the phone 2. The system announces, “Would you like to
access Phone, Navigation, Information or
number 800-662-6200:
Help?”
1. Push the TALK switch located on the
steering wheel. 3. Speak “Phone”.
4-88 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

224. Black plate (217,1)
SAA1909 SAA1910 SAA1911
4. Speak “Dial Number”. 5. Speak “8 0 0”. 6. The system announces, “Please say the next
three digits or dial, or say change number.”
7. Speak “6 6 2”.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-89
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

225. Black plate (218,1)
. You can only say a phone number using the
3-3-4 grouping, 7 digits, and 10 digits using
this command. Please use the “International
Call” command for all other formats.
. If you say “Change Number” during phone
number entry, the system will automatically
request that you repeat the number using
the 3-3-4 format. In this case please say the
area code first and then follow the prompts.
. Do not add a “1” in front of the area code
when speaking phone numbers.
. If the system does not recognize your
SAA1912 SAA1913
command, please try repeating the com-
mand using a natural voice. Speaking too
8. The system announces, “Please say the last 10. The system announces, “Dial or Change slow or too loudly may further decrease
four digits” or say change number. Number?” recognition performance.
9. Speak “6 2 0 0”. 11. Speak “Dial”.
12. The system makes a call to 800-620-6200.
Note:
. You can also speak “800-620-6200” (10
continuous digits) or “620-6200” (7 con-
tinuous digits), if the area code is not
necessary. However, the 3-3-4 digit group-
ing is recommended for improved recogni-
tion. (See “How to speak numbers” earlier in
this section.)
4-90 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

226. Black plate (219,1)
SAA2167 SAA1908 SAA1909
Example 2 - Placing an international call to 2. The system announces, “Would you like to 4. Speak “International Call”.
access Phone, Navigation, Information or
the phone number 011-81-111-222-3333:
Help?”
1. Push the TALK switch located on the
steering wheel. 3. Speak “Phone”.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-91
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

227. Black plate (220,1)
NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION AL-
TERNATE COMMAND MODE
The following section is applicable when Alter-
nate Command Mode is activated. (This mode is
selected by default for Canadian customers.)
The Alternate Command Mode enables the
operation of the display, audio, and air condi-
tioner through Voice Recognition. When this
mode is active, an expanded list of commands
can be spoken after pushing the TALK
switch, and the voice command menu prompts
are turned off.
SAA1914 SAA1915
Please note that in this mode the recognition
success rate may be affected as the number of
5. Speak “01181111222333”. 6. Speak “Dial”. available commands and ways of speaking each
command are increased. To improve the recog-
7. System makes a call to 011-81-111-222- nition success rate, try using the Speaker
3333. Adaptation Function available in that mode.
Note: (See “Speaker adaptation function (for Alternate
Command Mode)” later in this section.)
Any digit input format is available in the
International Number input process. In the Alternate Command Mode, review the
expanded command list for this mode, as some
commands available in the Standard Mode are
replaced. Please see the examples on the
screen.
4-92 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

228. Black plate (221,1)
SAA1566 SAA2168 SAA1545
Activating Alternate Command Mode 4. Highlight the “Alternate Command 1. Push the INFO button on the instrument
When the Standard Mode is active, perform the Mode” key and push the ENTER button. panel.
following steps to switch to the Alternate 5. The confirmation message is displayed on 2. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key
Command Mode. the screen. Push the “OK” key to activate using the multi-function controller and push
1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument the Alternate Command Mode. the ENTER button.
panel. Displaying command list 3. Highlight the “Command List” key using
2. Highlight the “Others” key on the display If you are controlling the system by voice the multi-function controller and push the
and then push the ENTER button. commands for the first time or do not know the ENTER button.
appropriate voice command, perform the follow- You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say
3. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key and ing procedure for displaying the voice command
then push the ENTER button. “Help”.
list (available only in Alternate Command Mode).
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-93
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

229. Black plate (222,1)
SAA1901 SAA2031
4. Highlight a category using the multi-function 5. Highlight an item using the multi-function
controller and push the ENTER button. controller and push the ENTER button.
6. If necessary, scroll the screen using the
multi-function controller to view the entire
list.
7. Press the BACK button to return to the
previous screen.
4-94 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

230. Black plate (223,1)
List of help commands
Navigation Commands:
See the separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.
Phone Commands:
COMMAND ACTION
Redial Redials the phone number last dialed.
Dial Number Dials the phone number given in the command.
Phonebook Shows the first page of the “Phonebook” list.
Outgoing Calls Shows the outgoing call history (1 to 5).
Incoming Calls Shows the incoming call history (1 to 5).
International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.
Audio Commands:
. Music Box
COMMAND ACTION
Music Box Turns on the “Music Box” hard-disk drive audio system.
. Radio
COMMAND ACTION
Radio Turns the radio on, selecting the station and band last played.
Radio AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.
Radio FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-95
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

231. Black plate (224,1)
. Satellite
COMMAND ACTION
Satellite Radio Turns the SAT radio on, selecting the station and band last played.
. CD
COMMAND ACTION
CD Starts to play a CD.
. Audio
COMMAND ACTION
Audio OFF Turns the audio system off.
. iPod®
COMMAND ACTION
iPod® ®
Turns the iPod system on.
Vehicle Information Commands:
COMMAND ACTION
Traffic Info. Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.
Fuel Economy Displays the Fuel Economy screen.
Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen.
4-96 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

232. Black plate (225,1)
Climate Commands:
COMMAND ACTION
Climate Control Turns the air conditioner system on and operates it in the AUTO mode.
Climate Control OFF Turns the air conditioner system off.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-97
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

233. Black plate (226,1)
. Placing Calls
Tutorial for making a phone call by voice
command operation.
. Help on Speaking
Displays useful tips for how to correctly
speak commands in order for them to be
properly recognized by the system.
. Voice Recognition Settings
Describes the available voice recognition
settings.
. Speaker Adaptation
SAA1783 SAA2170
Tutorial adapting the system to your voice.
Displaying user guide 4. Highlight an item using the multi-function
You can confirm how to use voice commands by controller and push the ENTER button. USING THE SYSTEM
accessing a simplified User Guide, which Available items:
contains basic instructions and tutorials for
Initialization
several voice commands. . Getting Started When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
position, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-
1. Push the INFO button on the instrument Describe the basics of how to operate the lized, which takes a few seconds. When
panel. NISSAN Voice Recognition system. completed, the system is ready to accept voice
2. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key . Using the Address Book commands. If the TALK switch is pushed
using the multi-function controller and push before the initialization completes the display will
Refer to Navigation System Owner’s Man- show the message: “Phonetic data downloaded.
the ENTER button. ual. Please wait.” or a beep sounds.
3. Highlight the “User Guide” key using the . Finding a Street Address (if so equipped)
multi-function controller and push the EN- Before starting
TER button. Refer to Navigation System Owner’s Man- To get the best performance from NISSAN
ual. Voice Recognition, observe the following:
4-98 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

234. Black plate (227,1)
. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as
possible. Close the windows to eliminate the
surrounding noises (traffic noises, vibration
sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system
from recognizing the voice commands cor-
rectly.
. When the air conditioner is in the AUTO
mode, the fan speed decreases automati-
cally for easy recognition.
. Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a
command.
. Speak in a natural voice without pausing
between words. SAA2167 SAA1932
Giving voice command 2. A list of commands appears on the screen,
1. Push and release the TALK switch and the system announces, “Please say a
located on the steering wheel. command”.
3. After the tone sounds and the icon on the
screen changes from to , speak a
command.
Operating tips:
. Voice commands cannot be accepted when
the icon is .
. The list displayed can be scrolled by tilting
the ENTER switch on the steering wheel.
. If the command is not recognized, the
system announces, “Please say again”.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-99
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

235. Black plate (228,1)
Repeat the command in a clear voice. Phone numbers
. Push the BACK button once to return to the Speak phone numbers according to the follow-
previous screen. ing examples:
. If you want to cancel the command, push . 1-800-662-6200
and hold the TALK switch for 1 second.
The message “Voice canceled” will be — “Dial one eight zero zero six six two six
announced. two zero zero.”
. Push the TALK switch again to pause Note 1: For the best voice recognition phone
the operation. Push the TALK switch to dialing results, say phone numbers as single
restart the operation. digits.
. If you want to adjust the volume of the Note 2: You cannot say 555-6000 as “five five
system feedback, push the volume control five six thousands”.
buttons (+ or −) on the steering wheel or Note 3: When speaking a house number, speak SAA1907
use the audio system volume knob while the the number “0” as “ zero”. If the letter “o ( Oh)” is
system is making an announcement.
Speaker adaptation function (for Alter-
included in the house number, it will not be
recognized as the number “0 (zero)” even if you
nate Command Mode)
How to speak numbers: The voice recognition system has a function to
speak “oh” instead of “ zero”. You can only say
NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain “zero” for “0 (Zero)”. learn the user’s voice for better voice recognition
way to speak numbers when giving voice performance. The system can memorize the
commands. Refer to the following examples. voices of up to three persons.
General rule Having the system learn the user’s voice:
Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used. (For 1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument
example, if you would like to say 500, “five zero panel, highlight the “Others” key on the
zero” can be used, but “five hundred” cannot. display and then push the ENTER button.
4-100 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

236. Black plate (229,1)
2. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key and
then push the ENTER button.
3. Highlight the “Speaker Adaptation” key
and then push the ENTER button.
SAA1918 SAA2171
4. Select the user whose voice is memorized 5. Select a category to be learned by the
by the system and push the ENTER button. system from the following list and then push
the ENTER button.
. Navigation
. Phone
. Audio
. Information
. Climate
The voice commands in the category are
displayed.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-101
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

237. Black plate (230,1)
6. Select a voice command and then push the
ENTER button.
The voice recognition system starts.
SAA1921 SAA1922
7. The system requests that you repeat a Speaker Adaptation function settings:
command after a tone.
Edit Name
8. After the tone sounds and the icon on the
screen changes from to , speak Edit the user name using the keypad displayed
the command that the system requested. on the screen.
9. When the system has recognized the voice Store Result
command, the voice of the user is learned.
When this item is turned to ON, the voice
Push the switch or BACK button to return recognition system can easily recognize the
to the previous screen. user’s voice that it has learned.
If the system has learned the command cor- Reset Result
rectly, the voice command indicator on the
Resets the user’s voice that the voice recogni-
screen turns on.
tion system has learned.
4-102 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

238. Black plate (231,1)
Continuous Learning
When this item is turned to ON, you can have
the system learn the voice commands in
succession, without selecting commands one
by one.
Minimize voice feedback (for Alternate
Command Mode)
To minimize the voice feedback from the system,
perform the following steps.
1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument
panel.
2. Highlight the “Others” key using the multi-
function controller and push the ENTER
button.
3. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key and
then push the ENTER button.
4. Highlight the “Minimize Voice Feed-
back” key and push the ENTER button.
5. The item is turned to ON and the vocal
feedback is reduced if the voice recognition
system is activated.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-103
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

239. Black plate (232,1)
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, follow the solutions given in this guide for the
appropriate error.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number one, until the problem is resolved.
Symptom/error message Solution
Displays “COMMAND NOT RECOGNIZED” or the 1. Ensure that the command format is valid, see “Command List” earlier in this section.
system fails to interpret the command correctly.
2. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level.
3. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive, for example, windows open or defrost on.
NOTE:
If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized.
4. If optional words of the command have been omitted, then the command should be tried with these in place.
The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag in 1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE
the phonebook. PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM” earlier in this section; page 4-58.)
2. Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag.
4-104 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

240. Black plate (233,1)
MEMO
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-105
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

241. Black plate (234,1)
MEMO
4-106 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

242. Black plate (16,1)
5 Starting and driving
Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 Braking precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Parking brake break-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Operating range for engine start function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Push-button ignition switch operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Push-button ignition switch positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Performance dampers (NISMO models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Intelligent Key battery discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Freeing a frozen door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Engine block heater (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

243. Black plate (236,1)
PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING
AND DRIVING
EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide) . The exhaust system and body
WARNING should be inspected by a qualified
WARNING mechanic whenever:
. Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the support — The vehicle is raised for service.
. Do not breathe exhaust gases; they
of others alone in your vehicle. Pets — You suspect that exhaust fumes
contain colorless and odorless car-
should not be left alone either. They are entering into the passenger
bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is
could accidentally injure themselves compartment.
dangerous. It can cause uncon-
or others through inadvertent op- — You notice a change in the
sciousness or death.
eration of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sound of the exhaust system.
sunny days, temperatures in a . If you suspect that exhaust fumes
— You have had an accident invol-
closed vehicle could quickly become are entering the vehicle, drive with
ving damage to the exhaust
high enough to cause severe or all windows fully open, and have the
system, underbody, or rear of
possibly fatal injuries to people or vehicle inspected immediately.
the vehicle.
animals. . Do not run the engine in closed
. Properly secure all cargo to help spaces such as a garage. THREE-WAY CATALYST
prevent it from sliding or shifting. . Do not park the vehicle with the The three-way catalyst is an emission control
Do not place cargo higher than the engine running for any extended device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust
seatbacks. In a sudden stop or length of time. gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at
collision, unsecured cargo could . Keep the rear hatch closed while high temperatures to help reduce pollutants.
cause personal injury. driving, otherwise exhaust gases
could be drawn into the passenger WARNING
If the engine oil temperature is high, the
compartment. If you must drive with
engine protection mode, which helps re-
the rear hatch open, follow these . The exhaust gas and the exhaust
duce the chance of engine damage, could system are very hot. Keep people,
activate and automatically decrease en- precautions:
animals or flammable materials
gine power. Driving while the engine oil 1) Open all the windows. away from the exhaust system com-
temperature is high may result in engine 2) Set the air recirculation to
damage. ponents.
off and the fan control to high to
. Do not stop or park the vehicle over
circulate the air.
flammable materials such as dry
5-2 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

244. Black plate (237,1)
grass, waste paper or rags. They start the engine. to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire
may ignite and cause a fire. pressure telltale.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
TEM (TPMS) TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the
CAUTION system is not operating properly. The TPMS
Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
malfunction indicator is combined with the low
. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depos- should be checked monthly when cold and
tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a
its from leaded gasoline seriously inflated to the inflation pressure recommended
malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-
reduce the three-way catalyst’s abil- by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
mately one minute and then remain continuously
placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your
ity to help reduce exhaust pollu- illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
vehicle has tires of a different size than the size
tants. subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the
indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
. Keep your engine tuned up. Mal- malfunction exists. When the malfunction indi-
pressure label, you should determine the proper
cator is illuminated, the system may not be able
functions in the ignition, fuel injec- tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
tion, or electrical systems can cause TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
overrich fuel flow into the three-way been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring reasons, including the installation of replace-
catalyst, causing it to overheat. Do System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle
not keep driving if the engine mis- pressure telltale when one or more of your tires that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
fires, or if noticeable loss of perfor- is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale
mance or other unusual operating the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you after replacing one or more tires or wheels on
conditions are detected. Have the should stop and check your tires as soon as your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or
vehicle inspected promptly by a possible, and inflate them to the proper pres- alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
NISSAN dealer. sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire continue to function properly.
causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
. Avoid driving with an extremely low failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-
fuel level. Running out of fuel could ciency and tire tread life, and may affect the
cause the engine to misfire, dama- vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
ging the three-way catalyst.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for
. Do not race the engine while warm- proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s
ing it up. responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,
. Do not push or tow your vehicle to even if under-inflation has not reached the level
Starting and driving 5-3
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

245. Black plate (238,1)
Additional information ITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the “6. In case of flat tire.)
. emergency” section.
The TPMS does not monitor the tire . When a spare tire is mounted or a
pressure of the spare tire. wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not
. The TPMS will activate only when the
WARNING function and the low tire pressure
vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH . If the low tire pressure warning light warning light will flash for approxi-
(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect illuminates while driving, avoid sud- mately 1 minute. The light will
a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a den steering maneuvers or abrupt remain on after 1 minute. Contact
flat tire while driving). your NISSAN dealer as soon as
braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull
possible for tire replacement and/
. The low tire pressure warning light does not off the road to a safe location and
automatically turn off when the tire pressure stop the vehicle as soon as possi- or system resetting.
is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the ble. Driving with under-inflated tires . Replacing tires with those not ori-
recommended pressure, the vehicle must be may permanently damage the tires ginally specified by NISSAN could
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) and increase the likelihood of tire affect the proper operation of the
to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire failure. Serious vehicle damage TPMS.
pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure
gauge to check the tire pressure.
could occur and may lead to an . Do not inject any tire liquid or
accident and could result in serious aerosol tire sealant into the tires,
. Tire pressure rises and falls depending on personal injury. Check the tire pres- as this may cause a malfunction of
the heat caused by the vehicle’s operation sure for all four tires. Adjust the tire the tire pressure sensors.
and the outside temperature. Low outside pressure to the recommended COLD
temperature can lower the temperature of tire pressure shown on the Tire and
the air inside the tire which can cause a
lower tire inflation pressure. This may cause
Loading Information label to turn CAUTION
the low tire pressure warning light to the low tire pressure warning light
OFF. If the light still illuminates . The TPMS may not function properly
illuminate. If the warning light illuminates in
while driving after adjusting the tire when the wheels are equipped with
low ambient temperature, check the tire
pressure, a tire may be flat. If you tire chains or the wheels are buried
pressure for all four tires.
have a flat tire, replace it with a in snow.
For additional information, see “Low tire pres- spare tire as soon as possible. (See . Do not place metalized film or any
sure warning light” in the “2. Instruments and
“FLAT TIRE” in the “6. In case of metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the
controls” section and “TIRE PRESSURE MON-
emergency” section for changing a windows. This may cause poor re-
5-4 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

246. Black plate (239,1)
ception of the signals from the tire desired operation of the device. collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an
pressure sensors, and the TPMS will unbelted or improperly belted person is
AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL- significantly more likely to be injured or
not function properly.
OVER killed than a person properly wearing a
Some devices and transmitters may temporarily seat belt.
interfere with the operation of the TPMS and WARNING OFF-ROAD RECOVERY
cause the low tire pressure warning light to
illuminate. Some examples are: Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe While driving, the right side or left side wheels
and prudent manner may result in loss may unintentionally leave the road surface. If this
— Facilities or electric devices using similar occurs, maintain control of the vehicle by
radio frequencies are near the vehicle. of control or an accident.
following the procedure below. Please note that
— If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey this procedure is only a general guide. The
being used in or near the vehicle. all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed, vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on
high speed cornering, or sudden steering the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.
— If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/ maneuvers, because these driving practices
AC converter is being used in or near the 1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
could cause you to lose control of your vehicle.
vehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss of control could 2. Do not apply the brakes.
FCC Notice: result in a collision with other vehicles or
objects, or cause the vehicle to rollover, 3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel
Changes or modifications not expressly particularly if the loss of control causes the with both hands and try to hold a straight
approved by the party responsible for vehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at all course.
compliance could void the user’s authority times, and avoid driving when tired. Never drive 4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-
to operate the equipment. when under the influence of alcohol or drugs erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.
(including prescription or over-the-counter
This device complies with Part 15 of the drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always 5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the
FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Cana- wear your seat belt as outlined in the “SEAT vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle
da. BELTS” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts and speed is reduced. Do not attempt to drive
Operation is subject to the following two supplemental restraint system” section of this the vehicle back onto the road surface until
conditions: (1) This device may not cause manual, and also instruct your passengers to do vehicle speed is reduced.
harmful interference, and (2) this device so.
6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the
must accept any interference received, Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in steering wheel until both tires return to the
including interference that may cause un-
Starting and driving 5-5
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

247. Black plate (240,1)
road surface. When all tires are on the road 6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and
surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the WARNING either contact a roadside emergency service
appropriate driving lane. to change the tire or see “CHANGING A
The following actions can increase the FLAT TIRE” in the “6. In case of emergency”
. If you decide that it is not safe to return chance of losing control of the vehicle if section of this Owner’s Manual.
the vehicle to the road surface based on there is a sudden loss of tire air
vehicle, road or traffic conditions, gra- pressure. Losing control of the vehicle DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND
dually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe DRIVING
may cause a collision and result in
place off the road.
personal injury.
RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS . The vehicle generally moves or pulls WARNING
Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can in the direction of the flat tire.
Never drive under the influence of
occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due . Do not rapidly apply the brakes.
to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-
. Do not rapidly release the accelera- stream reduces coordination, delays
loss can also be caused by driving on under- tor pedal.
inflated tires. reaction time and impairs judgement.
. Do not rapidly turn the steering Driving after drinking alcohol increases
Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling wheel. the likelihood of being involved in an
and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway accident injuring yourself and others.
speeds. 1. Remain calm and do not overreact. Additionally, if you are injured in an
Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main- 2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel accident, alcohol can increase the se-
taining the correct air pressure and visually with both hands and try to hold a straight verity of the injury.
inspect the tires for wear and damage. See course.
“WHEELS AND TIRES” in the “8. Maintenance NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,
and do-it-yourself” section of this manual. 3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel- you must choose not to drive under the influence
erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle. of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are
If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out” injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents.
while driving maintain control of the vehicle by 4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location Although the local laws vary on what is
following the procedure below. Please note that off the road and away from traffic if possible. considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is
this procedure is only a general guide. The that alcohol affects all people differently and
5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually
vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on most people underestimate the effects of
stop the vehicle.
the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic. alcohol.
5-6 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

248. Black plate (241,1)
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! And
that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, WARNING
prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if
your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by Do not operate the push-button ignition
alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition. switch while driving the vehicle except
in an emergency. (The engine will stop
when the ignition switch is pushed 3
consecutive times or the ignition switch
is pushed and held for more than 2
seconds.) If the engine stops while the
vehicle is being driven, this could lead
to a crash and serious injury.
Before operating the push-button ignition
switch, be sure to move the selector lever to SSD0825
the P (Park) position (for automatic transmission
model) or the shift lever to the N (Neutral) OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE
position (for manual transmission model). START FUNCTION
The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting
the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the
specified operating range * .
1
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost
discharged or strong radio waves are present
near the operating location, the Intelligent Key
system’s operating range becomes narrower
and may not function properly.
If the Intelligent Key is within the operating
range, it is possible for anyone, even someone
who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push
the ignition switch to start the engine.
Starting and driving 5-7
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

249. Black plate (242,1)
. The cargo room area is not included in the during the OFF position.
operating range but the Intelligent Key may
function. The ignition switch is equipped with an anti-theft
steering lock device.
. If the Intelligent Key is placed on the
instrument panel, inside the glove box or In order for the steering wheel to be locked, it
door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not must be turned about 1/8 of a right or left turn
function. from the straight up position.
. If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door To lock the steering wheel, push the
or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent ignition switch to the OFF position. To
Key may function. unlock the steering wheel, push the igni-
tion switch. If the steering lock release
malfunction indicator appears on the ve-
hicle information display, push the push-
SSD0661
button ignition switch again while lightly
turning the steering wheel right and left.
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH (See “VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY”
OPERATION in the “2. Instruments and controls” sec-
tion.)
When the ignition switch is pushed without
depressing the brake pedal (automatic transmis- If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,
sion model) or the clutch pedal (manual the push-button ignition switch cannot be
transmission model), the ignition switch position turned from the LOCK position.
will change as follows: Some indicators and warnings for operation are
. Push center once to change to ACC. displayed on the vehicle information display.
(See “VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY” in
. Push center two times to change to ON. the “2. Instruments and controls” section.)
. Push center three times to change to OFF. Automatic transmission models
(No position illuminates.)
The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition
. Push center four times to return to ACC. switch position cannot be switched to LOCK
until the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)
. Open or close any door to return to LOCK
5-8 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

250. Black plate (243,1)
position. running.
When the ignition switch cannot be pushed ON (Normal operating position)
toward the LOCK position, proceed as follows: This position turns on the ignition system and
1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park) electrical accessories.
position.
OFF
2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position. The engine can be turned off without locking the
The ignition switch position indicator will not steering wheel.
illuminate.
Automatic transmission models: The ignition
3. Open the door. The ignition switch will lock is designed so that the ignition switch
change to the LOCK position. cannot be switched to the LOCK position until
The selector lever can be moved from the P the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)
(Park) position if the ignition switch is in position.
SSD0826
the ON position and the brake pedal is
depressed. CAUTION INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-
CHARGE
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH Do not leave the vehicle with the push-
POSITIONS button ignition switch in ACC or ON If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost
positions when the engine is not run- discharged, the guide light * of the Intelligent
B
LOCK (Normal parking position) Key port * blinks and the indicator appears on
A
ning for an extended period. This can the vehicle information display. (See “VEHICLE
The ignition switch can only be locked in this discharge the battery.
position. INFORMATION DISPLAY” in the “2. Instruments
and controls” section.)
The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is
pushed to the ACC position while carrying the In this case, inserting the Intelligent Key into the
Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key inserted port * allows you to start the engine. Make
1
in the port. sure that the key ring side faces backward as
illustrated. Insert the Intelligent Key in the port
ACC (Accessories) until it is latched and secured.
This position activates electrical accessories To remove the Intelligent Key from the port, push
such as the radio, when the engine is not
Starting and driving 5-9
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

251. Black plate (244,1)
BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE
the ignition switch to the OFF position and pull . Make sure the area around the vehicle is 1. Apply the parking brake.
the Intelligent Key out of the port. clear.
2. Automatic Transmission (AT) model:
NOTE: . Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-
ant, brake fluid and window washer fluid as Move the selector lever to the P (Park) or N
The Intelligent Key port does not charge (Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)
the Intelligent Key battery. If you see the frequently as possible, or at least whenever
low battery indicator in the vehicle infor- you refuel. The starter is designed not to operate unless
mation display, replace the battery as soon . Check that all windows and lights are clean. the selector lever is in either of the above
as possible. (See “INTELLIGENT KEY BAT- positions.
TERY REPLACEMENT” in the “8. Mainte- . Visually inspect tires for their appearance
and condition. Also check tires for proper Manual Transmission (MT) model:
nance and do-it-yourself” section.)
inflation. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)
CAUTION . Lock all doors. position. Depress the clutch pedal fully to
the floor.
. Never place anything except the . Position seat and adjust head restraints.
The starter is designed not to operate unless
Intelligent Key in the Intelligent . Adjust inside and outside mirrors. the clutch pedal is fully depressed.
Key port. Doing so may cause da-
mage to the equipment. . Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to The Intelligent Key must be carried
do likewise. when operating the ignition switch.
. Make sure the Intelligent Key is in
the correct direction when inserting . Check the operation of warning lights when 3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
it to the Intelligent Key port. The the ignition switch is pushed to the ON Depress the brake pedal (AT model) or the
engine may not start if it is in the position. (See “WARNING/INDICATOR clutch pedal (MT model) and push the
LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS” in ignition switch to start the engine.
incorrect direction.
the “2. Instruments and controls” section.)
. Remove the Intelligent Key from the To start the engine immediately, push and
Intelligent Key port after the ignition release the ignition switch while depressing
switch is pushed to the OFF posi- the brake pedal with the ignition switch in
any position.
tion.
. If the engine is very hard to start in
extremely cold weather or when restart-
ing, depress the accelerator pedal a little
5-10 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

252. Black plate (245,1)
DRIVING THE VEHICLE
(approximately 1/3 to the floor) and 4. Warm-up AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
while holding, crank the engine. Release
the accelerator pedal when the engine Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 7 speed automatic transmission
starts. seconds after starting. Do not race the
The automatic transmission in your vehicle is
engine while warming it up. Drive at
electronically controlled by a transmission con-
. If the engine is very hard to start moderate speed for a short distance first,
trol module to produce maximum efficiency and
because it is flooded, depress the especially in cold weather. In cold weather,
smooth operation.
accelerator pedal all the way to the floor keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 -
and hold it. Push the ignition switch to 3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting and Shown on the following pages are the recom-
the ON position to start cranking the stopping the engine over a short period of mended operating procedures for this transmis-
engine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stop time may make the vehicle more difficult to sion. Follow these procedures for maximum
cranking by pushing the ignition switch start. vehicle performance and driving enjoyment.
to OFF. After cranking the engine,
release the accelerator pedal. Crank When racing the engine up to 4,500 rpm or Starting the vehicle
the engine with your foot off the more under no load condition, the engine
After starting the engine, fully depress the foot
accelerator pedal by depressing the will enter the fuel cut mode.
brake pedal and push the selector lever button
brake pedal and pushing the push- 5. To stop the engine, shift the selector lever to before shifting the selector lever to the R
button ignition switch to start the engine. the P (Park) position (AT model) or move the (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive) or Manual shift
If the engine starts, but fails to run, shift lever to the N (Neutral) position (MT mode position. Be sure the vehicle is fully
repeat the above procedure. model), and push the ignition switch to the stopped before attempting to shift the selector
OFF position. lever.
CAUTION This automatic transmission model is de-
signed so that the foot brake pedal must
Do not operate the starter for more be depressed before shifting from P (Park)
than 15 seconds at a time. If the engine to any drive position while the ignition
does not start, push the ignition switch switch position is ON.
to OFF and wait 10 seconds before
cranking again, otherwise the starter The selector lever cannot be moved out of
the P (Park) position and into any of the
could be damaged.
other gear positions if the ignition switch
is pushed to the LOCK, OFF or ACC
position.
Starting and driving 5-11
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

253. Black plate (246,1)
1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and
push the selector lever button to shift into a CAUTION
driving gear.
. When stopping the vehicle on an
2. Release the parking brake and foot brake, uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle
then gradually start the vehicle in motion. by depressing the accelerator pedal.
The foot brake should be used for
WARNING this purpose.
. Do not depress the accelerator . Do not downshift abruptly on slip-
pedal while shifting from P (Park) pery roads. This may cause a loss of
or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) D control.
(Drive), or manual shift mode. Al-
ways depress the brake pedal until
shifting is completed. Failure to do SSD0827
Selector lever
so could cause you to lose control
and have an accident. Shifting
To move the selector lever,
. Cold engine idle speed is high, so
use caution when shifting into a : Push the button while depressing the
forward or reverse gear before the brake pedal,
engine has warmed up. : Push the button,
. Never shift to P (Park) or R (Re-
: Just move the selector lever.
verse) while vehicle is moving for-
ward. Never shift to P (Park) or D After starting the engine, fully depress the brake
(Drive) while vehicle is moving rear- pedal and shift the selector lever from P (Park)
ward. Failure to do so could cause to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive) or Manual
shift mode position.
you to lose control and have an
accident. Push the button to shift into P (Park) or R
(Reverse). All other positions can be selected
without pushing the button.
5-12 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

254. Black plate (247,1)
WARNING CAUTION
Apply the parking brake if the selector Use this position only when the vehicle
lever is in any position while the engine is completely stopped.
is not running. Failure to do so could
cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly R (Reverse):
or roll away and result in serious
Use this position to back up. Always be sure the
personal injury or property damage.
vehicle is completely stopped before selecting
the R (Reverse) position. The brake pedal
must be depressed and the selector lever
CAUTION button pushed in to move the selector
Make sure the vehicle is completely lever from the P (Park) position, the N
(Neutral) position or any drive position to
stopped and the transmission is in the SSD0828
the R (Reverse) position.
P (Park) position. Paddle shifter
N (Neutral): Manual shift mode
P (Park) position: When the selector lever is in the manual shift
Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.
gate, the transmission is ready for the manual
Use this selector position when the vehicle is The engine can be started in this position. You
shift mode. Shift ranges can be selected
parked or when starting the engine. Make sure may shift to the N (Neutral) position and restart a
manually by moving the selector lever up or
the vehicle is completely stopped. The brake stalled engine while the vehicle is moving.
down, or pulling the right-side or left-side
pedal must be depressed and the selector paddle shifter.
D (Drive):
lever button pushed in to move the selec-
tor lever from the N (Neutral) position or Use this position for all normal forward driving. When shifting up, move the selector lever to the
any drive position to the P (Park) position. + (up) side or pull the right-side paddle shifter
Apply the parking brake. When parking on a hill, (+) * . The transmission shifts to the higher
A
apply the parking brake first, then move the range.
selector lever to the P (Park) position.
When shifting down, move the selector lever to
the − (down) side or pull the left-side paddle
shifter (−) * . The transmission shifts to the
B
lower range.
Starting and driving 5-13
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

255. Black plate (248,1)
When canceling the manual shift mode, return 1M (1st): Fail-safe
the selector lever to the D (Drive) position. The When the fail-safe operation occurs, note that
transmission returns to the normal driving mode. Use this position when climbing steep hills
slowly or driving slowly through deep snow, or the transmission will be locked in any of the
When you pull the paddle shifter while in the D for maximum engine braking on steep downhill forward gears according to the condition.
(Drive) position, the transmission will shift to the grades. If the vehicle is driven under extreme
upper or lower range temporarily. The transmis-
sion will automatically return to the D (Drive) . Remember not to drive at high speeds for conditions, such as excessive wheel spin-
extended periods of time in lower than 7th ning and subsequent hard braking, the
position after a short period of time. If you want
gear. This reduces fuel economy. fail-safe system may be activated. This will
to return to the D (Drive) position manually, pull occur even if all electrical circuits are
and hold the paddle shifter for about 1.5 . Moving the selector lever rapidly to the same functioning properly. In this case, push
seconds. side twice will shift the ranges in succes- the ignition switch to the OFF position and
In the manual shift mode, the shift range is sion. wait for 3 seconds. Then push the ignition
displayed on the transmission position indicator . In the manual shift mode, the transmis- switch back to the ON position. The vehicle
in the meter. sion may not shift to the selected gear. should return to its normal operating
This helps maintain driving perfor- condition. If it does not return to its normal
Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows: operating condition, have a NISSAN dealer
mance and reduces the chance of
1M
?
2M
?
3M
?
4M
?
5M
?
6M
?
7M vehicle damage or loss of control. check the transmission and repair if ne-
/ / / / / / cessary.
. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-
7M (7th): sion automatically shifts down to 1st
Use this position for all normal forward driving at gear before the vehicle comes to a
highway speeds. stop. When accelerating again, it is
necessary to shift up to the desired
6M (6th) and 5M (5th): range.
Use this position when driving up long slopes, or Accelerator downshift
for engine braking when driving down long
slopes. — In D (Drive) position —
For passing or hill climbing, fully depress the
4M (4th), 3M (3rd) and 2M (2nd): accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the
Use for hill climbing or engine braking on transmission down into the lower gear, depend-
downhill grades. ing on the vehicle speed.
5-14 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

256. Black plate (249,1)
suitable tool as illustrated.
5. Push the selector lever button * and move
C
the selector lever to the N (Neutral) position
* while holding down the shift lock.
D
Push the ignition switch to the ON position to
unlock the steering wheel. Now the vehicle may
be moved to the desired location.
If the battery is discharged completely, the
steering wheel cannot be unlocked. Do not
move the vehicle with the steering wheel locked.
If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park),
have a NISSAN dealer check the automatic
SSD0829 transmission system as soon as possible. SSD0536
Shift lock release MANUAL TRANSMISSION
If the battery charge is low or discharged, the
selector lever may not be moved from the P
Shifting
(Park) position even with the brake pedal To change gears, or when upshifting or down-
depressed and the selector lever button pushed. shifting, fully depress the clutch pedal, shift into
an appropriate gear, and then slowly and
To move the selector lever, perform the following smoothly release the clutch pedal.
procedure:
This vehicle is equipped with a short throw
1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK shifter manual transmission. To ensure smooth
position. gear changes, be sure to fully depress the clutch
pedal before operating the shift lever. If the
2. Apply the parking brake.
clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the
3. Remove the shift lock cover *
A using a transmission is shifted, a gear noise may be
suitable tool. heard. Transmission damage could occur.
4. Push down the shift lock *
B using a Start the vehicle in 1st gear and upshift to 2nd,
Starting and driving 5-15
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

257. Black plate (250,1)
3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th gear in sequence accord- . Fully depress the clutch pedal be- gear. Thus, the engine speed may be kept
ing to the vehicle speed. fore shifting to help prevent trans- high depending on the gear position and
mission damage. vehicle speed.
To back up, depress the shift knob and then
move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position . Stop your vehicle completely before . When the clutch pedal is depressed with
after stopping the vehicle completely. shifting into R (Reverse). the transmission in neutral, the system
operates for approximately 2 seconds, and
The shift knob returns to its original position . When the vehicle is stopped with then the engine speed will decrease to the
when the shift lever is moved to the N (Neutral) the engine running (for example, at idle speed.
position. a stop light), shift to N (Neutral) and
release the clutch pedal with the . When the engine coolant temperature is low
If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R right after starting the engine, engine speed
(Reverse) or 1st (Low gear), shift to N (Neutral), foot brake applied.
synchronization will be delayed or may be
then release the clutch pedal. Fully depress the insufficient.
clutch pedal again and shift into R or 1st. SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) (if
so equipped for Manual Transmission . The system controls the engine speed up to
WARNING models) the rev limit. Note that S-MODE is not a
function that prevents over-revving resulting
The SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) auto- from shifting mistakes.
. Do not downshift abruptly on slip- matically adjusts the engine speed to match the
pery roads. This may cause a loss of selecting gear ratio while changing gears. . The system does not operate while the
control. vehicle is backing up.
Precautions:
. Do not over-rev the engine when . If the engine speed is limited lower than
shifting to a lower gear. This may . Shift lever and clutch pedal operations are usual when the engine oil temperature is
cause a loss of control or engine not different than a conventional manual extremely high, the system will control up to
damage. transmission. the limited engine speed.
. Fully depress the clutch pedal. Insufficient . If the malfunction indicator light illuminates,
pedal depression may cause slow response the system may not operate and the S-
CAUTION of this system. MODE indicator turns off.
. Do not rest your foot on the clutch . When the clutch pedal is depressed with
pedal while driving. This may da- the gear still engaged, the engine speed is
mage the clutch. kept at the proper level for the engaged
5-16 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

258. Black plate (251,1)
While the S-MODE is off, you can drive the
vehicle as a conventional manual transmission
model.
Note that the status of the S-MODE (on or off) is
memorized even after the ignition switch is
turned off; however, it will be initialized (off)
when the battery is disconnected.
The transmission position indicator * shows
C
the selected gear: N (Neutral), 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, R
(Reverse).
SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) op-
eration:
SSD0830 The SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) auto-
matically adjusts the engine speed by controlling
SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) warn- the engine throttle. The accelerator pedal does
ing: not have to be depressed.
The SynchroRev Match mode (S-MODE) warn- The system detects the clutch pedal and shift
ing will appear on the vehicle information display lever operations, and then calculates the target
and the S-MODE indicator will turn off if a engine speed using the shifting gear position
system malfunction occurs. and the vehicle speed information.
If the warning appears, the S-MODE function SSD0831 The system provides accurate engine speed
will not operate, but manual transmission will control that helps achieve quick gear shifting
operate normally and driving can be continued. Activating the system: and reduces shift shock on clutch engagement.
Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
To activate the S-MODE, push the S-MODE . When downshifting:
switch * . The S-MODE indicator * on the
A B
tachometer will show “S”. To deactivate, push The engine speed is automatically increased
and hold the S-MODE switch for more than 1 to the target engine speed before the clutch
second. The S-MODE indicator will turn off. is engaged.
Starting and driving 5-17
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

259. Black plate (252,1)
. When upshifting: There may be a slight difference between
the timing of the up-shift indicator illumi-
The engine speed is automatically kept after nation and the tachometer indication.
the engine speed lowers to the target
engine speed.
Rapid clutch engagement before the engine
speed lowers to the target engine speed
may cause shift shock.
. When depressing the clutch pedal with
the gear engaged:
The engine speed is automatically kept at
the proper engine speed for the engaged
gear.
SSD0832
This function will not operate when low (1st)
gear is selected. Upshift indicator (if so equipped for
There is a delay between the clutch pedal
Manual Transmission models)
operation and the S-MODE operation. Make The manual transmission up-shift indicator is
sure the engine speed is adjusted before located in the tachometer and shows the driver
engaging the clutch again. the timing to shift into a higher gear by
illuminating. The use of the up-shift indicator
will help you to upshift at a constant engine
speed from any gear.
The up-shift indicator will start flashing when the
engine speed reaches about 500 rpm before the
set figure while driving, and then illuminate after
the engine speed reaches the set figure.
The engine speed for upshifting can be set on
the vehicle information display. See “Setting” in
the “2. Instruments and controls” section.
5-18 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

260. Black plate (253,1)
PARKING BRAKE
Suggested up-shift speeds Suggested maximum speed in each gear
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not WARNING
shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate. . Be sure the parking brake is fully
relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed released before driving. Failure to
Actual up-shift speeds will vary according to
road conditions, the weather and individual (shown below) in any gear. For level road do so can cause brake failure and
driving habits. driving, use the highest gear suggested for that lead to an accident.
speed. Always observe posted speed limits, and
. Do not release the parking brake
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas drive according to the road conditions, which
[less than 4,000 ft (1,219 m)]: will ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the from outside the vehicle.
engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may . Do not use the gear shift in place of
Gear change MPH (km/h)
cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control. the parking brake. When parking, be
1st to 2nd 8 (13) sure the parking brake is fully
Gear MPH (km/h)
2nd to 3rd 16 (26) engaged.
1st 38 (62)
3rd to 4th 25 (40)
2nd 63 (102) . Do not leave children unattended in
4th to 5th 28 (45) a vehicle. They could release the
3rd 91 (146)
5th to 6th 33 (53) parking brake and cause an acci-
4th —
dent.
For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or in 5th —
high altitude areas [over 4,000 ft (1,219 m)]: 6th —
Gear change MPH (km/h)
1st to 2nd 15 (24)
2nd to 3rd 25 (40)
3rd to 4th 40 (64)
4th to 5th 45 (72)
5th to 6th 50 (80)
Starting and driving 5-19
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

261. Black plate (254,1)
CRUISE CONTROL
PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON- . on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,
TROL etc.)
. If the cruise control system malfunctions, it . in very windy areas
will cancel automatically. The CRUISE in- Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
dicator light on the meter panel will then control and result in an accident.
blink to warn the driver.
. If the engine coolant temperature becomes
excessively high, the cruise control system CAUTION
will cancel automatically.
On manual transmission models, do not
. If the CRUISE indicator light blinks, turn the shift into N (Neutral) without depres-
cruise control main switch off and have the sing the clutch pedal when the cruise
system checked by a NISSAN dealer. control is set. Should this occur, de-
SPA2110 . The CRUISE indicator light may blink when press the clutch pedal and turn the
To apply: Pull the parking brake lever up *.
1 the cruise control main switch is turned ON
while pushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE,
main switch off immediately. Failure to
do so may cause engine damage.
To release: SET/COAST or CANCEL switch. To prop-
erly set the cruise control system, perform
1. Firmly apply the foot brake.
the following procedures.
2. While pulling up on the parking brake lever
slightly, push the button * and lower the
2
WARNING
lever completely * .
3
3. Before driving, be sure the brake warning Do not use the cruise control when
light goes out. driving under the following conditions:
. when it is not possible to keep the
vehicle at a set speed
. in heavy traffic or in traffic that
varies in speed
. on winding or hilly roads
5-20 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

262. Black plate (255,1)
switch and release it. Take your foot off the models) or depress the clutch pedal (Man-
accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the ual Transmission models), the cruise control
set speed. will be canceled.
. To pass another vehicle, depress the To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one
accelerator pedal. When you release the of the following methods:
pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously
set speed. . Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push and
. The vehicle may not maintain the set speed release the SET/COAST switch.
on winding or hilly roads. If this happens,
drive without the cruise control. . Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch. When the vehicle attains the desired
To cancel the preset speed, use one of the speed, release the switch.
following methods:
. Push, then quickly release the RESUME/
SSD0833 a) Push the CANCEL switch. ACCELERATE switch. Each time you do
1. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch this, the set speed will increase by about 1
b) Tap the brake pedal. MPH (1.6 km/h).
2. SET/COAST switch
3. CANCEL switch c) Turn the MAIN switch off. The CRUISE light To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch will turn off. of the following methods:
CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS . If you depress the brake pedal while pushing . Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
the RESUME/ACCELERATE or SET/ vehicle attains the desired speed, push the
The cruise control allows driving at a speed COAST switch and reset at the cruising
between 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) SET/COAST switch and release it.
speed, the cruise control will disengage.
without keeping your foot on the accelerator Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn . Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.
pedal. it on again. Release the switch when the vehicle slows
To turn on the cruise control, push the MAIN down to the desired speed.
. The cruise control will automatically cancel if
switch on. The CRUISE indicator light will the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH (13 . Push, then quickly release the SET/COAST
illuminate. km/h) below the set speed. switch. Each time you do this, the set speed
To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).
. If you move the selector lever to the N
to the desired speed, push the SET/COAST (Neutral) position (Automatic Transmission
Starting and driving 5-21
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

263. Black plate (256,1)
BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY
To resume the preset speed, push and . Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintain
release the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. CAUTION cruising speeds with a constant accelerator
The vehicle will resume the last set cruising position.
speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),
. Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.
(40 km/h). follow these recommendations to ob-
tain maximum engine performance and . Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.
ensure the future reliability and econo- Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles.
my of your new vehicle.
. Select a gear range suitable to road condi-
Failure to follow these recommenda- tions.
tions may result in shortened engine . Avoid unnecessary prolonged engine idling.
life and reduced engine performance.
. Keep your engine tuned up.
. Avoid driving for long periods at constant
speed, either fast or slow. Do not run the . Follow the recommended periodic mainte-
engine over 4,000 rpm. nance schedule.
. Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear. . Keep the tires inflated at the correct
pressure. Improper tire pressure will in-
. Avoid quick starts. crease wear and waste fuel.
. Avoid hard braking as much as possible. . Make sure the front wheels are properly
aligned. Improper alignment will cause pre-
mature tire wear and lower fuel economy.
. Air conditioner operation lowers fuel econ-
omy. Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.
. When cruising at highway speeds, it is more
economical to use the air conditioner and
leave the windows closed to reduce drag.
5-22 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

264. Black plate (257,1)
PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS
cannot be moved without depres-
sing the foot brake pedal.
1. Firmly apply the parking brake.
2. Automatic transmission models:
Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position.
Manual transmission models:
Place the shift lever in the R (Reverse) gear.
When parking on an uphill grade, place the
shift lever in the 1st gear.
SD1006MA 3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into
the street when parked on a sloping drive
dents. way, it is a good practice to turn the wheels
WARNING as illustrated.
. Safe parking procedures require
. Do not stop or park the vehicle over that both the parking brake be . HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: *
1
flammable materials such as dry applied and the transmission placed Turn the wheels into the curb and move the
grass, waste paper or rags. They into P (Park) for Automatic Trans- vehicle forward until the curb side wheel
may ignite and cause a fire. mission (AT) model or in an appro- gently touches the curb.
priate gear for Manual Transmission
. Never leave the engine running
(MT) model. Failure to do so could
. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: *
2
while the vehicle is unattended.
cause the vehicle to move unexpect- Turn the wheels away from the curb and
. Do not leave children unattended edly or roll away and result in an move the vehicle back until the curb side
inside the vehicle. They could un- accident. wheel gently touches the curb.
knowingly activate switches or con-
trols. Unattended children could . Make sure the automatic transmis- . HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO
sion selector lever has been pushed CURB: *
3
become involved in serious acci-
as far forward as it can go and
Starting and driving 5-23
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

265. Black plate (258,1)
POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM
Turn the wheels toward the side of the road BRAKING PRECAUTIONS
so the vehicle will move away from the WARNING The brake system has two separate hydraulic
center of the road if it moves.
If the engine is not running or is turned circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still
4. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position. off while driving, the power assist for have braking at two wheels.
the steering will not work. Steering will Vacuum assisted brakes
be harder to operate.
The brake booster aids braking by using engine
The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the
pump, driven by the engine, to assist steering. vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,
greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be
If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks, you required to stop the vehicle and the stopping
will still have control of the vehicle. However, distance will be longer.
much greater steering effort is needed, espe-
cially in sharp turns and at low speeds. When the brake pedal is depressed slowly and
firmly, you may hear a clicking noise and feel a
slight pulsation. This is normal and indicates that
the Brake Assist System is operating.
Wet brakes
When the vehicle is washed or driven through
water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your
braking distance will be longer and the vehicle
may pull to one side during braking.
To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed
while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-up
the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to
normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds
until the brakes function correctly.
PARKING BRAKE BREAK-IN
Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the
5-24 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

266. Black plate (259,1)
BRAKE ASSIST
stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened assist for the brakes will not work. BRAKE ASSIST
or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or Braking will be harder.
drums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure the When the force applied to the brake pedal
best braking performance. exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is
activated generating greater braking force than a
This procedure is described in the vehicle conventional brake booster even with light pedal
service manual and can be performed by a force.
NISSAN dealer.
Using the brakes WARNING
Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist
driving. This will cause overheating of the braking operation and is not a collision
brakes, wearing out the brake and pads faster
warning or avoidance device. It is the
and reduce gas mileage.
driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive
To help save the brakes and to prevent the safely and be in control of the vehicle at
brakes from overheating, reduce speed and all times.
downshift to a lower gear before going down a
slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
reduce braking performance and could result in
loss of vehicle control.
WARNING
WARNING . The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
. While driving on a slippery surface, is a sophisticated device, but it
be careful when braking, accelerat- cannot prevent accidents resulting
ing or downshifting. Abrupt braking from careless or dangerous driving
or accelerating could cause the techniques. It can help maintain
wheels to skid and result in an vehicle control during braking on
accident. slippery surfaces. Remember that
stopping distances on slippery sur-
. If the engine is not running or is faces will be longer than on normal
turned off while driving, the power surfaces even with ABS. Stopping
Starting and driving 5-25
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

267. Black plate (260,1)
distances may also be longer on wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to instrument panel. The brake system then oper-
rough, gravel or snow covered prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. By ates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.
roads, or if you are using tire chains. preventing each wheel from locking, the system
helps the driver maintain steering control and If the ABS warning light illuminates during the
Always maintain a safe distance self-test or while driving, have the vehicle
helps to minimize swerving and spinning on
from the vehicle in front of you. checked by a NISSAN dealer.
slippery surfaces.
Ultimately, the driver is responsible
for safety. Using the system Normal operation
The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH
. Tire type and condition may also Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.
Depress the brake pedal with firm steady (5 to 10 km/h).
affect braking effectiveness.
pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The When the ABS senses that one or more wheels
— When replacing tires, install the ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly
specified size of tires on all four locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles. applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This
wheels. action is similar to pumping the brakes very
— When installing a spare tire, WARNING quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake
make sure that it is the proper pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or
size and type as specified on the Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so feel a vibration from the actuator when it is
Tire and Loading Information may result in increased stopping dis- operating. This is normal and indicates that the
label. See “TIRE AND LOADING tances. ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa-
INFORMATION LABEL” in the “9. tion may indicate that road conditions are
Technical and consumer infor- Self-test feature hazardous and extra care is required while
mation” section of this manual. driving.
The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric
— For detailed information, see pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The
“WHEELS AND TIRES” in the computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that
“8. Maintenance and do-it-your- tests the system each time you start the engine
self” section of this manual. and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward
or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the
the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard brake pedal. This is normal and does not
braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses
The system detects the rotation speed at each a malfunction, it switches the ABS off and
illuminates the ABS warning light on the
5-26 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

268. Black plate (261,1)
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)
SYSTEM
The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system OFF switch pushed and the VDC system turned when driving and cornering on slip-
uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs off, all VDC systems will be turned off. The pery surfaces and always drive care-
and vehicle motion. Under certain driving situa- ABLS system and ABS will still operate with the fully.
tions, the system will control braking and engine VDC system off. If the ABLS system is activated,
output to help keep the vehicle on its steered the indicator will blink and you may hear a . If engine related parts such as
path. clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake muffler are not standard equipment
pedal. This is normal and is not an indication of a or are extremely deteriorated, the
. When the VDC system is operating, the
malfunction. indicator or indicator or
indicator in the instrument panel blinks.
both indicator lights may illuminate.
While the VDC system is operating, you may feel
. If the indicator blinks, the road condi- . Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-
a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise
tions may be slippery. Be sure to adjust your
or feel a vibration from under the hood. This is sion. If suspension parts such as
speed and driving to these conditions. Be
normal and indicates that the VDC system is shock absorbers, struts, springs,
sure to drive carefully. (See “Slip indicator
working properly. stabilizer bars and bushings are
light” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section, and “Vehicle Dynamic Control The VDC system computer has a built-in not NISSAN approved or are extre-
(VDC) off indicator light” in the “2. Instru- diagnostic feature that tests the system each mely deteriorated the VDC system
ments and controls” section.) time you start the engine and move the vehicle at may not operate properly. This could
a low speed forward or backward. When the adversely affect vehicle handling
. Indicator light
self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise performance, and the indicator
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is or indicator or both indicator
and indicator lights illuminate in normal and is not an indication of a malfunction. lights may illuminate.
the instrument panel. As long as these
. If brake related parts such as brake
indicators are illuminated, the VDC system WARNING
function is canceled. pads, rotors and calipers are not
standard equipment or are extre-
The VDC system uses an Active Brake Limited . The VDC system is designed to help
mely deteriorated, the indicator
Slip (ABLS) function to improve vehicle traction. improve driving stability but does
or indicator or both indicator
The ABLS system works when one of the driving not prevent accidents due to abrupt
lights may illuminate.
wheels is spinning on a slippery surface. The steering operation at high speeds or
ABLS system brakes the spinning wheel, which due to careless or dangerous driv- . When driving on extremely inclined
distributes the driving power to the other drive ing techniques. Reduce vehicle surfaces such as higher banked
wheel. If the vehicle is operated with the VDC speed and be especially careful corners, the VDC system may not
Starting and driving 5-27
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

269. Black plate (262,1)
PERFORMANCE DAMPERS (NISMO
models)
operate properly and the in-
dicator or indicator or both
indicator lights may illuminate. Do
not drive on these types of roads.
. When driving on unstable surfaces
such as a turntable, ferry, elevator
or ramp, the indicator or
indicator or both indicator lights
may illuminate. This is not a mal-
function. Restart the engine after
driving onto a stable surface.
. If wheels or tires other than those
recommended are used, the VDC
system may not operate properly
and indicator or indicator
or both indicator lights may illumi-
nate.
. The VDC system is not a substitute
for winter tires or tire chains on a
snow covered road.
SSD0876
5-28 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

270. Black plate (263,1)
COLD WEATHER DRIVING
1. Front performance damper FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK TIRE EQUIPMENT
2. Rear performance damper
To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide
The performance dampers are installed in the superior performance on dry pavement. How-
deicer through the key hole. If the lock becomes
front and rear parts of the NISMO models for ever, the performance of these tires will be
frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the
improved handling and ride. substantially reduced in snowy and icy condi-
key hole or use the Intelligent Key system.
tions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy
WARNING ANTIFREEZE roads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &
SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.
. High-pressure nitrogen gas is In the winter when it is anticipated that the
Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size,
outside temperature will drop below 328F (08C),
sealed inside the performance dam- speed rating and availability information.
check antifreeze to assure proper winter protec-
pers. Do not attempt to modify or tion. For additional information, see “ENGINE For additional traction on icy roads, studded
disassemble them. COOLING SYSTEM” in the “8. Maintenance tires may be used. However, some U.S. states
. For disposal of the performance and do-it-yourself” section. and Canadian provinces prohibit their use.
dampers or when scrapping the Check local, state and provincial laws before
vehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer.
BATTERY installing studded tires.
Never burn or puncture the perfor- If the battery is not fully charged during Skid and traction capabilities of studded
mance dampers. Incorrect disposal extremely cold weather conditions, the battery snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be
procedures could cause serious per- fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To poorer than that of non-studded snow
sonal injury. maintain maximum efficiency, the battery should tires.
be checked regularly. For additional information,
see “BATTERY” in the “8. Maintenance and do- Tire chains may be used. For details, see “TIRE
it-yourself” section. CHAINS” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-
yourself” section of this manual.
DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER
SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT
If the vehicle is to be left outside without
antifreeze, drain the cooling system, including It is recommended that the following items be
the engine block. Refill before operating the carried in the vehicle during winter:
vehicle. For details, see “ENGINE COOLING
. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove
SYSTEM” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-
yourself” section. ice and snow from the windows and wiper
blades.
Starting and driving 5-29
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

271. Black plate (264,1)
. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the . Watch for slippery spots (glare ice). ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if so
jack to give it firm support. These may appear on an otherwise equipped)
. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts. clear road in shaded areas. If a Engine block heaters are used to assist with
patch of ice is seen ahead, brake cold temperature starting.
. Extra window washer fluid to refill the before reaching it. Try not to brake
reservoir tank. The engine block heater should be used when
while on the ice, and avoid any
the outside temperature is 208F (−78C) or lower.
DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE sudden steering maneuvers.
. Do not use the cruise control on To use the engine block heater
slippery roads. 1. Turn the engine off.
WARNING
. Snow can trap dangerous exhaust 2. Open the hood and unwrap the engine
. Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain), gases under your vehicle. Keep block heater cord.
very cold snow or ice can be slick snow clear of the exhaust pipe and
and very hard to drive on. The 3. Plug the engine block heater cord into a
from around your vehicle.
vehicle will have much less traction grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord.
or “grip” under these conditions. Try 4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault
to avoid driving on wet ice until the Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-
road is salted or sanded. volt AC (VAC) outlet.
. Whatever the condition, drive with 5. The engine block heater must be plugged in
caution. Accelerate and slow down for at least 2 - 4 hours, depending on
with care. If accelerating or down- outside temperatures, to properly warm the
shifting too fast, the drive wheels engine coolant. Use an appropriate timer to
will lose even more traction. turn the engine block heater on.
. Allow more stopping distance under 6. Before starting the engine, unplug and
these conditions. Braking should be properly store the cord to keep it away from
started sooner than on dry pave- moving parts.
ment.
. Allow greater following distances
on slippery roads.
5-30 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

272. Black plate (265,1)
WARNING
. Do not use your engine block heater
with an ungrounded electrical sys-
tem or a 2-pronged adapter. You can
be seriously injured by an electrical
shock if you use an ungrounded
connection.
. Disconnect and properly store the
engine block heater cord before
starting the engine. Damage to the
cord could result in an electrical
shock and can cause serious injury.
. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged
extension cord rated for at least
10A. Plug the extension cord into a
Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) pro-
tected, grounded 110-VAC outlet.
Failure to use the proper extension
cord or a grounded outlet can result
in a fire or electrical shock and
cause serious personal injury.
Starting and driving 5-31
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

273. Black plate (266,1)
MEMO
5-32 Starting and driving
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

274. Black plate (19,1)
6 In case of emergency
Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Towing recommended by NISSAN
Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 (except for NISMO models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Towing recommended by NISSAN
Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 (NISMO models). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
If your vehicle overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

275. Black plate (268,1)
FLAT TIRE
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- could occur and may lead to an the tire pressure sensors.
TEM (TPMS) accident and could result in serious
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure personal injury. Check the tire pres- CHANGING A FLAT TIRE
Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire sure for all four tires. Adjust the tire
If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions
pressure of all tires except the spare. When pressure to the recommended COLD below.
the low tire pressure warning light is lit, one or tire pressure shown on the Tire and
more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Loading Information label to turn Stopping the vehicle
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire the low tire pressure warning light 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and
pressure, the TPMS will activate and warn you OFF. If the light still illuminates away from traffic.
of it by the low tire pressure warning light. This while driving after adjusting the tire
system will activate only when the vehicle is 2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
pressure, a tire may be flat. If you
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). For have a flat tire, replace it with a 3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking
more details, see “WARNING/INDICATOR brake. Move the selector lever to the P
spare tire as soon as possible.
LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS” in the (Park) position (Automatic transmission
“2. Instruments and controls” section and “TIRE . When a spare tire is mounted or a
models). Move the shift lever to the R
PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not (Reverse) gear (Manual transmission mod-
in the “5. Starting and driving” section. function and the low tire pressure els).
warning light will flash for approxi-
WARNING mately 1 minute. The light will 4. Turn off the engine.
remain on after 1 minute. Contact 5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to
. If the low tire pressure warning light your NISSAN dealer as soon as signal professional road assistance person-
illuminates while driving, avoid sud- possible for tire replacement and/ nel that you need assistance.
den steering maneuvers or abrupt or system resetting.
braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull 6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle
. Replacing tires with those not ori- and stand in a safe place, away from traffic
off the road to a safe location and
ginally specified by NISSAN could and clear of the vehicle.
stop the vehicle as soon as possi-
affect the proper operation of the
ble. Driving with under-inflated tires
TPMS. WARNING
may permanently damage the tires
and increase the likelihood of tire . Do not inject any tire liquid or
aerosol tire sealant into the tires, . Make sure the parking brake is
failure. Serious vehicle damage
as this may cause a malfunction of securely applied and the manual
6-2 In case of emergency
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

276. Black plate (269,1)
transmission is shifted into R (Re-
verse), or the automatic transmis-
sion into P (Park).
. Never change tires when the vehicle
is on a slope, ice or slippery areas.
This is hazardous.
. Never change tires if oncoming
traffic is close to your vehicle. Wait
for professional road assistance.
MCE0001A SCE0789
Blocking wheels Getting the spare tire and tools
Place suitable blocks * at both the front and
1 Raise the cargo room carpet and floor cover.
back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat
tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is Remove jacking tools * located inside the
A
jacked up. cargo room as illustrated. Remove the cap *
B
holding the spare tire.
WARNING
Be sure to block the wheel as the
vehicle may move and result in personal
injury.
In case of emergency 6-3
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

277. Black plate (270,1)
Jacking up the vehicle and removing the the vehicle while it is on the jack.
damaged tire
Carefully read the caution label attached
to the jack body and the following instruc-
WARNING tions.
. Never get under the vehicle while it
is supported only by the jack. If it is
necessary to work under the vehicle,
support it with safety stands.
. Use only the jack provided with your
vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use
the jack provided with your vehicle
on other vehicles. The jack is de-
SCE0790
signed for lifting only your vehicle Jack-up point
during a tire change. 1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up
. Use the correct jack-up points. point as illustrated so the top of the jack
Never use any other part of the contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.
vehicle for jack support. Align the jack head between the two
notches in the front or the rear as shown.
. Never jack up the vehicle more than Also fit the groove of the jack head between
necessary. the notches as shown.
. Never use blocks on or under the The jack should be used on level firm
jack. ground.
. Do not start or run the engine while
vehicle is on the jack, as it may
cause the vehicle to move. This is
especially true for vehicles with
limited slip differentials.
. Do not allow passengers to stay in
6-4 In case of emergency
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

278. Black plate (271,1)
SCE0504 SCE0661
2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by Installing the spare tire
turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut The T-type spare tire is designed for
wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts emergency use. (See specific instructions
until the tire is off the ground. under the heading “WHEELS AND TIRES”
in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears
section.)
the ground. To lift the vehicle, securely hold
the jack lever and rod with both hands as 1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface
shown above. Remove the wheel nuts, and between the wheel and hub.
then remove the tire.
2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten
the wheel nuts finger tight.
Models equipped with different sized
tires in the front and rear:
When replacing a front tire, make sure that
the hole in the spare tire wheel is aligned
In case of emergency 6-5
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

279. Black plate (272,1)
with the pin on the brake rotor. . As soon as possible, tighten the
wheel nuts to the specified torque WARNING
3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel with a torque wrench.
nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence . Always make sure that the spare tire
as illustrated (* , * , * , * , * ) until
1 2 3 4 5
Wheel nut tightening torque:
80 ft-lb (108 N·m) and jacking equipment are properly
they are tight. secured after use. Such items can
4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire The wheel nuts must be kept tightened become dangerous projectiles in an
touches the ground. Then, with the wheel to specification at all times. It is accident or sudden stop.
nut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securely recommended that wheel nuts be tigh-
tened to specifications at each lubrica- . The T-type spare tire and small size
in the sequence as illustrated. Lower the spare tire are designed for emer-
vehicle completely. tion interval.
gency use. See specific instructions
. Adjust tire pressure to the COLD under the heading “WHEELS AND
WARNING pressure. TIRES” in the “8. Maintenance and
COLD pressure: do-it-yourself” section.
. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly
tightened wheel nuts can cause the After the vehicle has been parked for
wheel to become loose or come off. three hours or more or driven less than
This could cause an accident. 1 mile (1.6 km).
. Do not use oil or grease on the COLD tire pressures are shown on the
wheel studs or nuts. This could Tire and Loading Information label
cause the nuts to become loose. affixed to the driver side center pillar.
. Retighten the wheel nuts when the 5. Securely store the flat tire and jacking
vehicle has been driven for 600 equipment in the vehicle.
miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a
6. Place the spare tire cover and the cargo
flat tire, etc.). room floor carpeting over the damaged tire.
7. Close the rear hatch.
6-6 In case of emergency
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

280. Black plate (273,1)
JUMP STARTING
To start your engine with a booster battery, the protectors (for example, goggles or
instructions and precautions below must be industrial safety spectacles) and
followed.
remove rings, metal bands, or any
other jewelry. Do not lean over the
WARNING battery when jump starting.
. If done incorrectly, jump starting . Do not attempt to jump start a
can lead to a battery explosion, frozen battery. It could explode
resulting in severe injury or death. and cause serious injury.
It could also damage your vehicle. . Your vehicle has an automatic en-
. Explosive hydrogen gas is always gine cooling fan. It could come on at
present in the vicinity of the battery. any time. Keep hands and other
Keep all sparks and flames away objects away from it.
from the battery.
. Do not allow battery fluid to come
into contact with eyes, skin, clothing
or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is
a corrosive sulphuric acid solution
which can cause severe burns. If the
fluid should come into contact with
anything, immediately flush the con-
tacted area with water.
. Keep the battery out of the reach of
children.
. The booster battery must be rated at
12 volts. Use of an improperly rated
battery can damage your vehicle.
. Whenever working on or near a
battery, always wear suitable eye
In case of emergency 6-7
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

281. Black plate (274,1)
using jumper cables before pushing
the ignition switch and disengaging
the steering lock.
CAUTION
. Always connect positive (+) to posi-
tive (+) and negative (−) to body
ground (as illustrated) — not to the
battery.
. Make sure the jumper cables do not
touch moving parts in the engine
compartment and that clamps do
SCE0791 not contact any other metal.
sion models). Move the shift lever to the N 5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle *
A
WARNING (Neutral) position (Manual transmission and let it run for a few minutes.
models). Switch off all unnecessary elec-
Always follow the instructions below. trical systems (light, heater, air conditioner, 6. Keep the engine speed of the booster
Failure to do so could result in damage etc.). vehicle * at about 2,000 rpm, and start
A
to the charging system and cause the engine of the vehicle being jump started
personal injury.
3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if so *.
B
equipped). Cover the battery with a firmly
wrung out moist cloth * to reduce
C
1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle
explosion hazard. CAUTION
* , position the two vehicles (* and * )
A A B
to bring their batteries into close proximity to 4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as Do not keep the starter motor engaged
each other. illustrated (* ? * ? * ? * ).
1 2 3 4 for more than 10 seconds. If the engine
does not start right away, push the
Do not allow the two vehicles to touch. If the battery is disconnected or dis-
ignition switch to the OFF position
charged, the steering wheel will lock
2. Apply parking brake. Move the selector lever and wait 10 seconds before trying
and cannot be turned. Supply power
to the P (Park) position (Automatic transmis- again.
6-8 In case of emergency
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

282. Black plate (275,1)
PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS
Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.
7. After starting your engine, carefully discon- CAUTION
nect the negative cable and then the positive CAUTION . Do not continue to drive if your
cable (* ? * ? * ? * ).
4 3 2 1
. Automatic transmission models vehicle overheats. Doing so could
8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Be cannot be push-started or tow- cause engine damage or a vehicle
sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover started. Attempting to do so may fire.
the vent holes as it may be contaminated cause transmission damage. . To avoid the danger of being
with corrosive acid.
. Three way catalyst equipped models scalded, never remove the radiator
9. Put the battery cover on. should not be started by pushing cap while the engine is still hot.
since the three way catalyst may be When the radiator cap is removed,
damaged. pressurized hot water will spurt out,
possibly causing serious injury.
. Never try to start the vehicle by
towing it; when the engine starts, . Do not open the hood if steam is
the forward surge could cause the coming out.
vehicle to collide with the tow
vehicle. If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an
extremely high temperature gauge reading), or if
you feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormal
noise, etc., take the following steps:
1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, apply
the parking brake and move the selector
lever to the P (Park) position (Automatic
transmission models). Move the shift lever to
the N (Neutral) position (Manual transmis-
sion models).
Do not stop the engine.
2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all the
windows, move the heater or air conditioner
In case of emergency 6-9
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

283. Black plate (276,1)
TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
temperature control to maximum hot and fan with, or get caught in, engine belts or When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial in
control to high speed. the engine cooling fan. The engine Canada) and local regulations for towing must
be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could
3. If engine overheating is caused by climbing cooling fan can start at any time.
damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are
a long hill on a hot day, run the engine at a available from a NISSAN dealer. Local service
fast idle (approximately 1,500 rpm) until the 7. After the engine cools down, check the
coolant level in the reservoir tank with the operators are familiar with the applicable laws
temperature gauge indication returns to and procedures for towing. To assure proper
normal. engine running. Add coolant to the reservoir
tank if necessary. Have your vehicle repaired towing and to prevent accidental damage to
4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for at the nearest NISSAN dealer. your vehicle, NISSAN recommends that you
steam or coolant escaping from the radiator have a service operator tow your vehicle. It is
before opening the hood. (If steam or advisable to have the service operator carefully
coolant is escaping, turn off the engine.) read the following precautions.
Do not open the hood further until no steam
or coolant can be seen. WARNING
5. Open the engine hood. . Never ride in a vehicle that is being
towed.
WARNING . Never get under your vehicle after it
If steam or water is coming from the has been lifted by a tow truck.
engine, stand clear to prevent getting
burned.
CAUTION
6. Visually check if the cooling fan is running.
The radiator hoses and radiator should not . When towing, make sure that the
leak water. If coolant is leaking or the cooling transmission, axles, steering system
fan does not run, stop the engine. and powertrain are in working con-
dition. If any unit is damaged, dol-
WARNING lies must be used.
. Always attach safety chains before
Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, towing.
jewelry or clothing to come into contact
6-10 In case of emergency
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

284. Black plate (277,1)
For information about towing your vehicle behind
a recreational vehicle (RV), see “FLAT TOW-
ING” in the “9. Technical and consumer
information” section of this manual.
SCE0792
TOWING RECOMMENDED BY it is necessary to tow the vehicle
NISSAN (except for NISMO models) with the front wheels raised, always
NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be use towing dollies under the rear
towed with the driving (rear) wheels off the wheels.
ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as . When towing rear wheel drive mod-
illustrated. els with the front wheels on the
ground or on towing dollies: Push
CAUTION the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
position, and secure the steering
. Never tow automatic transmission wheel in a straight-ahead position
models with the rear wheels on the with a rope or similar device. Never
ground or four wheels on the secure the steering wheel by select-
ground (forward or backward), as ing the LOCK position. This may
this may cause serious and expen- damage the steering lock mechan-
sive damage to the transmission. If
In case of emergency 6-11
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

285. Black plate (278,1)
ism. the propeller shaft before tow-
. If you have to tow manual transmis- ing to prevent damage to the
sion models with the rear wheels on transmission.
the ground (if you do not use towing
dollies) or four wheels on the
ground:
— Push the ignition switch to the
ON position and turn off all
accessories.
— Always release the parking
brake.
— Move the transmission shift le-
ver to the N (Neutral) position.
— Observe the following restricted
towing speeds and distances for
manual transmission models
only:
. Rear wheels on the ground:
Speed: Below 50 MPH (80
km/h)
Distance: Less than 50 miles
(80 km)
. Four wheels on the ground:
Speed: Below 70 MPH (112
km/h)
Distance: Less than 500 miles
(800 km)
— If the speed or distance must
necessarily be greater, remove
6-12 In case of emergency
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 31

286. Black plate (279,1)
VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck
vehicle)
WARNING
. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.
. Do not spin your tires at high speed.
This could cause them to explode
and result in serious injury. Parts of
your vehicle could also overheat
and be damaged.
Pulling a stuck vehicle
SCE0836
If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,
use a tow strap or other device designed
TOWING RECOMMENDED BY specifically for vehicle recovery. Always follow
NISSAN (NISMO models) the manufacturer’s instructions for the recovery
device.
CAUTION
Do not tow NISMO models with any
wheel on the ground, or with the front
or rear wheels raised, because this may
cause damage to the front bumper with
an aerodynamic splitter, rear bumper
with an aerodynamic diffuser or ex-
haust pipes.
NISSAN recommends that you place the vehicle
on a flatbed truck as illustrated.
In case of emergency 6-13
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

287. Black plate (280,1)
For NISMO models: When the front license . Never tow a vehicle using the vehi-
plate and bracket are installed, temporarily cle tie downs or recovery hooks.
remove them. (See “INSTALLING FRONT
LICENSE PLATE” in the “9. Technical and . Always pull the cable straight out
consumer information” section for the in- from the front of the vehicle. Never
stallation procedures.) A screwdriver is pull on the vehicle at an angle.
supplied with the jacking tools for removal. . Pulling devices should be routed so
2. Securely install the vehicle recovery hook *
3 they do not touch any part of the
(stored with jacking tools) as illustrated. suspension, steering, brake or cool-
Attach the tow strap to the recovery hook. ing systems.
Do not use the tie down hooks * for towing or
4 . Pulling devices such as ropes or
vehicle recovery. canvas straps are not recommended
for use in vehicle towing or recov-
Make sure that the hook is properly secured in ery.
the original place after use.
Replace the recovery hook cover (except for Rocking a stuck vehicle
NISMO models) or the front license plate (for If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,
NISMO models). use the following procedure:
1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
CAUTION system.
. Tow chains or cables must be at- 2. Make sure the area in front and behind the
SCE0793
tached only to the vehicle recovery vehicle is clear of obstructions.
1. Access the mounting hole for the recovery hooks or main structural members
3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear
hook. of the vehicle. Otherwise, the vehi-
an area around the front tires.
cle body will be damaged.
Except for NISMO models: To remove the
4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-
cover * , first unhook the claws * using
A 1 . Do not use the vehicle tie downs to
ward.
a suitable tool wrapped in a cloth, and then free a vehicle stuck in sand, snow,
pull the lower side of the cover * .
2 mud, etc. . Shift back and forth between R (reverse)
and D (drive) (automatic transmission
6-14 In case of emergency
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

288. Black plate (281,1)
models) or 1st (low) and R (reverse)
(manual transmission models).
. Apply the accelerator as little as possi-
ble to maintain the rocking motion.
. Release the accelerator pedal before
shifting between R and D (automatic
transmission models) or 1st and R
(manual transmission models).
. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55
km/h).
5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few
tries, contact a professional towing service
to remove the vehicle.
In case of emergency 6-15
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

289. Black plate (282,1)
MEMO
6-16 In case of emergency
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

290. Black plate (22,1)
7 Appearance and care
Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Cleaning interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Environmental factors influence the rate of
Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 To protect your vehicle from corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

291. Black plate (284,1)
CLEANING EXTERIOR
In order to maintain the appearance of your Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,
vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it. CAUTION hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to
the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas
To protect the paint surface, wash your vehicle . Do not use car washes that use acid must be regularly cleaned. Make sure that the
as soon as you can: in the detergent. Some car washes, drain holes in the lower edge of the door are
. after a rainfall to prevent possible damage especially brushless ones, use some open. Spray water under the body and in the
from acid rain acid for cleaning. The acid may react wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away
with some plastic vehicle compo- road salt.
. after driving on coastal roads
nents, causing them to crack. This Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface
. when contaminants such as soot, bird could affect their appearance, and by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.
droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs also could cause them not to func-
get on the paint surface tion properly. Always check with
. when dust or mud builds up on the surface your car wash to confirm that acid
is not used.
Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle
. Do not wash the vehicle with strong
inside a garage or in a covered area.
household soap, strong chemical
When it is necessary to park outside, park in a detergents, gasoline or solvents.
shady area or protect the vehicle with a body
. Do not wash the vehicle in direct
cover.
sunlight or while the vehicle body is
Be careful not to scratch the paint surface hot, as the surface may become
when putting on or removing the body water-spotted.
cover.
. Avoid using tight-napped or rough
WASHING cloths, such as washing mitts. Care
must be taken when removing
Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and caked-on dirt or other foreign sub-
plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly
stances so the paint surface is not
using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or
general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with scratched or damaged.
clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.
Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean
water.
7-2 Appearance and care
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

292. Black plate (285,1)
proper product. GLASS
. Wax your vehicle only after a thorough Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust
washing. Follow the instructions supplied film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass
with the wax. to become coated with a film after the vehicle is
parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft
. Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, cloth will easily remove this film.
cutting compounds or cleaners that may
damage the vehicle finish.
CAUTION
Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a
base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the When cleaning the inside of the win-
finish or leave swirl marks. dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,
abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based
REMOVING SPOTS disinfectant cleaners. They could da-
SAI0046 Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, mage the electrical conductors, radio
insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible antenna elements or rear window
NISMO models from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage defroster elements.
or staining. Special cleaning products are
CAUTION available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive WHEELS
accessory stores.
Do not use an automatic car wash for Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to
NISMO models. The rear spoiler may be UNDERBODY maintain their appearance.
damaged. In areas where road salt is used in winter, the . Clean the inner side of the wheels when the
underbody must be cleaned regularly. This will wheel is changed or the underside of the
WAXING prevent dirt and salt from building up and vehicle is washed.
causing the acceleration of corrosion on the
Regular waxing protects the paint surface and
underbody and suspension. Before the winter . Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or
helps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of
period and again in the spring, the underseal
is recommended to remove built-up wax residue pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.
must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.
and to avoid a weathered appearance before
reapplying wax. . NISSAN recommends that the road wheels
be waxed to protect against road salt in
A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the areas where it is used during winter.
Appearance and care 7-3
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

293. Black plate (286,1)
CLEANING INTERIOR
CHROME PARTS Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior
CAUTION Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-
trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum
cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and
Do not use abrasive cleaners when abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish. leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dam-
washing the wheels. pened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean
TIRE DRESSING
with a dry soft cloth.
Aluminum alloy wheels NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire
dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to Regular care and cleaning is required in order to
Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a maintain the appearance of the leather.
mild soap solution, especially during winter the tires to help reduce discoloration of the
months in areas where road salt is used. Salt rubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it Before using any fabric protector, read the
could discolor the wheels if not removed. may react with the coating and form a com- manufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabric
pound. This compound may come off the tire protectors contain chemicals that may stain or
while driving and stain the vehicle paint. bleach the seat material.
CAUTION
If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the Use a cloth dampened only with water, to clean
Follow the directions below to avoid following precautions: the meter and gauge lens.
staining or discoloring the wheels:
. Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat-
. Do not use a cleaner that uses ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an CAUTION
strong acid or alkali contents to oil-based tire dressing.
clean the wheels. . Never use benzine, thinner, or any
. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help similar material.
. Do not apply wheel cleaners to the prevent it from entering the tire tread/
wheels when they are hot. The grooves (where it would be difficult to . Small dirt particles can be abrasive
wheel temperature should be the remove). and damaging to the leather sur-
same as ambient temperature. faces and should be removed
. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry
. Rinse the wheel to completely re- promptly. Do not use saddle soap,
towel. Make sure the tire dressing is
move the cleaner within 15 minutes completely removed from the tire tread/ car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning
after the cleaner is applied. grooves. fluids, solvents, detergents or am-
monia-based cleaners as they may
. Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom- damage the leather’s natural finish.
mended by tire dressing manufacturer.
. Only use fabric protectors approved
by NISSAN.
7-4 Appearance and care
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

294. Black plate (287,1)
. Do not use glass or plastic cleaner SEAT BELTS
on meter or gauge lens covers. It The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them
may damage the lens cover. with a sponge dampened in a mild soap
solution. Allow the belts to dry completely before
FLOOR MATS using them.
The use of NISSAN floor mats can extend the See “SEAT BELTS” in the “1. Safety — Seats,
life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to seat belts and supplemental restraint system”
clean the interior. No matter what mats are section.
used, be sure they are fitted for your
vehicle and are properly positioned in the WARNING
footwell to prevent interference with pedal
operation. Mats should be maintained with Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in
regular cleaning and replaced if they become the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or
excessively worn. SAI0044 chemical solvents to clean the seat
Floor mat positioning aid belts, since these materials may se-
verely weaken the seat belt webbing.
This model includes front floor mat brackets to
act as floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floor
mats have been specially designed for your
vehicle model. The front floor mats have
grommet holes in them. To install, simply
position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket
through the floor mat grommet hole while
centering the mat in the floor pan contour.
Periodically check to make certain that the mats
are properly positioned.
Appearance and care 7-5
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

295. Black plate (288,1)
CORROSION PROTECTION
MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI- Air pollution this may damage them.
BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air
in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will Chemicals used for road surface deicing are
. The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt
accelerate the corrosion process. Road salt will extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion
and debris in body panel sections, cavities,
also accelerate the disintegration of paint and deterioration of underbody components
and other areas.
surfaces. such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake
. Damage to paint and other protective coat- lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.
ings caused by gravel and stone chips or TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM
In winter, the underbody must be cleaned
minor traffic accidents. CORROSION periodically.
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU- . Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the
vehicle clean. For additional protection against rust and
ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION corrosion, which may be required in some areas,
Moisture . Always check for minor damage to the paint consult a NISSAN dealer.
and repair it as soon as possible.
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the
vehicle body underside can accelerate corro- . Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors
sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completely open to avoid water accumulation.
inside the vehicle, and should be removed for
. Check the underbody for accumulation of
drying to avoid floor panel corrosion.
sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water
Relative humidity as soon as possible.
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high
relative humidity, especially those areas where CAUTION
the temperatures stay above freezing where
atmospheric pollution exists, or where road salt . NEVER remove dirt, sand or other
is used. debris from the passenger compart-
ment by washing it out with a hose.
Temperature Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
A temperature increase will accelerate the rate
. Never allow water or other liquids to
of corrosion to those parts which are not well
ventilated. come in contact with electronic
components inside the vehicle as
7-6 Appearance and care
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

296. Black plate (289,1)
MEMO
Appearance and care 7-7
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

297. Black plate (290,1)
MEMO
7-8 Appearance and care
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

298. Black plate (25,1)
8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Maintenance requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Scheduled maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Where to go for service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Windshield wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Explanation of maintenance items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Replacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
VQ37VHR engine model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Engine cooling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Intelligent Key battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
Automatic transmission fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 Exterior and interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Brake and clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27
Clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-31
Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13 Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16 Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

299. Black plate (292,1)
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE
Your new NISSAN has been designed to have Performing general maintenance checks re- During the normal day-to-day operation of the
minimum maintenance requirements with long quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few vehicle, general maintenance should be per-
service intervals to save you both time and general automotive tools. formed regularly as prescribed in this section. If
money. However, some day-to-day and regular you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or
maintenance is essential to maintain your These checks or inspections can be done by smell, be sure to check for the cause or have a
NISSAN’s fine mechanical condition, as well yourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, a NISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, you
as its emission and engine performance. NISSAN dealer. should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that
repairs are required.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE
the scheduled maintenance, as well as general When performing any checks or maintenance
If maintenance service is required or your vehicle
maintenance, is performed. work, see “MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS”
appears to malfunction, have the systems
later in this section.
As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who checked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer.
can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE
NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialists
maintenance care. You are a vital link in the ITEMS
and are kept up to date with the latest service
maintenance chain.
information through technical bulletins, service Additional information on the following
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE tips, and in-dealership information systems. items with “*” is found later in this section.
They are completely qualified to work on
For your convenience, both required and op- NISSAN vehicles before work begins. Outside the vehicle
tional scheduled maintenance items are de-
You can be confident that an NISSAN dealer’s The maintenance items listed here should be
scribed and listed in your “NISSAN Service and
service department performs the best job to performed from time to time, unless otherwise
Maintenance Guide”. You must refer to that
meet the maintenance requirements on your specified.
guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is
performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals. vehicle — in a reliable and economical way. Doors and engine hood: Check that all doors
and the engine hood, operate properly. Also
GENERAL MAINTENANCE ensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate
General maintenance includes those items hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links if
which should be checked during normal day- necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch
to-day operation. They are essential for proper keeps the hood from opening when the primary
vehicle operation. It is your responsibility to latch is released.
perform these procedures regularly as pre- When driving in areas using road salt or other
scribed. corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.
8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

300. Black plate (293,1)
Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth
Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail highway speeds, wheel balancing may be operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all needed. down further than normal, the pedal feels
operating properly and installed securely. Also spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to
check headlight aim. For additional information regarding tires, refer stop, see a NISSAN dealer immediately. Keep
to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or the floor mat away from the pedal.
Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the
the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing, NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet. Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the
and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if vehicle to one side when applied.
necessary. Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regular
basis. Check the windshield at least every six Parking brake: Check the parking brake
Tire rotation*: Tires cannot be rotated because months for cracks or other damage. Have a operation regularly. The vehicle should be
your vehicle is equipped with different sized tires damaged windshield repaired by a qualified securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the
in the front and rear. repair facility. parking brake applied. If the parking brake needs
adjusted, see a NISSAN dealer.
Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge often Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracks
and always prior to long distance trips. If or wear if they do not wipe properly. Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat belt
necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires, system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjuster
including the spare, to the pressure specified. Inside the vehicle and retractors) operate properly and smoothly,
Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive The maintenance items listed here should be and are installed securely. Check the belt
wear. checked on a regular basis, such as when webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.
performing periodic maintenance, cleaning the
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) vehicle, etc. Seats: Check seat position controls such as
transmitter components: Replace the TPMS seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure
transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for they operate smoothly and that all latches lock
when the tires are replaced due to wear or age. smooth operation and make sure the pedal securely in every position. Check that the head
does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep restraints move up and down smoothly and that
Tire, wheel alignment and balance: If the the floor mat away from the pedal. the locks (if so equipped) hold securely in all
vehicle should pull to either side while driving on latched positions.
a straight and level road, or if you detect uneven Automatic transmission P (Park) mechan-
or abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for ism: On a fairly steep hill, check that your Steering wheel: Check for changes in the
wheel alignment. vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in steering conditions, such as excessive free play,
the P (Park) position without applying any hard steering or strange noises.
brakes.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

301. Black plate (294,1)
Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that Engine oil level*: Check the level after parking Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-
all warning lights and chimes are operating the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the posed to corrosive substances such as those
properly. engine. Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very
drain back into the oil pan. important to remove these substances, other-
Windshield defroster: Check that the air wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuel
comes out of the defroster outlets properly and Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loose lines and around the exhaust system. At the end
in sufficient quantity when operating the heater supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the of winter, the underbody should be thoroughly
or air conditioner. exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of flushed with plain water, being careful to clean
exhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaust those areas where mud and dirt may accumu-
Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that system inspected by a NISSAN dealer. (See
the wipers and washer operate properly and that late. For additional information, see “CLEANING
“PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND EXTERIOR” in the “7. Appearance and care”
the wipers do not streak. DRIVING” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.
Under the hood and vehicle section for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).)
Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there is
The maintenance items listed here should be Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel, adequate fluid in the reservoir.
checked periodically (for example, each time you oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has
check the engine oil or refuel). been parked for a while. Water dripping from the
air conditioner after use is normal. If you should
Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. It notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,
should be between the MAX and MIN lines. check for the cause and have it corrected
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under immediately.
severe condition require frequent checks of the
battery fluid level. Power steering fluid level* and lines: Check
the level when the fluid is cold, with the engine
Brake and clutch fluid levels*: Make sure off. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,
that the brake and clutch fluid levels are cracks, etc.
between the MAX and MIN lines on the
reservoirs. Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the
radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,
Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant level etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure the
when the engine is cold. hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose
Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no belt is connections.
frayed, worn, cracked or oily.
8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

302. Black plate (295,1)
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
When performing any inspection or mainte- running, keep your hands, clothing, cable before working near the fan.
nance work on your vehicle, always take care hair and tools away from moving
to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or . The fuel filter or fuel lines should be
fans, belts and any other moving serviced by a NISSAN dealer be-
damage to the vehicle. The following are general
precautions which should be closely observed. parts. cause the fuel lines are under high
. It is advisable to secure or remove pressure even when the engine is
WARNING any loose clothing and remove any off.
jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.
. Park the vehicle on a level surface, before working on your vehicle.
apply the parking brake securely . Always wear eye protection when- CAUTION
and block the wheels to prevent ever you work on your vehicle. . Do not work under the hood while
the vehicle from moving. For man-
. If you must run the engine in an the engine is hot. Turn the engine
ual transmission models, move the
enclosed space such as a garage, be off and wait until it cools down.
shift lever to N (Neutral). For auto-
sure there is proper ventilation for . Avoid direct contact with used en-
matic transmission models, move
exhaust gases to escape. gine oil and coolant. Improperly
the selector lever to P (Park).
. Never get under the vehicle while it disposed engine oil, coolant, and/
. Be sure the ignition switch is in the
is supported only by a jack. If it is or other vehicle fluids can damage
OFF or LOCK position when per-
necessary to work under the vehicle, the environment. Always conform to
forming any parts replacement or
support it with safety stands. local regulations for disposal of
repairs.
. Keep smoking materials, flame and vehicle fluid.
. Never connect or disconnect the
sparks away from fuel tank and the
battery or any transistorized com- This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section
battery.
ponent while the ignition switch is gives instructions regarding only those items
in the ON position. . Your vehicle is equipped with an which are relatively easy for an owner to perform.
automatic engine cooling fan. It may
. Never leave the engine or automatic A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also
come on at any time without warn-
transmission related component available. (See “OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE
ing, even if the ignition key is in the
harnesses disconnected while the MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION” in the “9.
OFF position and the engine is not
ignition switch is in the ON position. Technical and consumer information” section.)
running. To avoid injury, always
. If you must work with the engine disconnect the negative battery You should be aware that incomplete or
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

303. Black plate (296,1)
improper servicing may result in operating
difficulties or excessive emissions, and could
affect your warranty coverage. If in doubt
about any servicing, we recommend that
it be done by a NISSAN dealer.
8-6 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

304. Black plate (297,1)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK
LOCATIONS
12. Engine coolant reservoir
SSI0510
VQ37VHR ENGINE MODEL 6. Brake fluid reservoir
7. Clutch fluid reservoir (Manual Transmission mod-
1. Fuse/fusible link holder els)
2. Battery 8. Power steering fluid reservoir
3. Radiator filler cap 9. Window washer fluid reservoir
4. Engine oil dipstick 10 Air cleaner
5. Engine oil filler cap 11. Drive belts
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-7
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

305. Black plate (298,1)
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
The engine cooling system is filled at the factory lized or distilled water. The use of other
with a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze cool- types of coolant solutions may damage
ant solution. The antifreeze solution contains
the engine cooling system.
rust and corrosion inhibitors, therefore additional
cooling system additives are not necessary.
Outside
temperature Demineralized
WARNING down to Antifreeze water or dis-
tilled water
. Never remove the radiator cap when 8C 8F
the engine is hot. Wait until the −35 −30 50% 50%
engine and radiator cool down.
Serious burns could be caused by
high pressure fluid escaping from
the radiator. See precautions in “IF
SDI2043
YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS” in the
“6. In case of emergency” section of CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
this manual.
Check the coolant level in the reservoir when
. The radiator is equipped with a the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below
pressure type radiator cap. To pre- MIN * , open the reservoir tank cap and add
2
vent engine damage, use only a coolant up to the MAX * level. If the reservoir
1
genuine NISSAN radiator cap. tank is empty, check the coolant level in the
radiator when the engine is cold. If there is
insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator
CAUTION with coolant up to the filler opening and also add
it to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level * . 1
When adding or replacing coolant, be
Tighten the cap securely after adding engine
sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN
coolant.
Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (green) or
equivalent with the proper mixture ratio If the cooling system requires coolant
of 50% antifreeze and 50% deminera- frequently, have it checked by a NISSAN
dealer.
8-8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

306. Black plate (299,1)
ENGINE OIL
CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT and pour recommended oil through the
opening. Do not overfill * .
3
Major cooling system repairs should be per-
formed by a NISSAN dealer. The service 6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.
procedures can be found in the appropriate
NISSAN Service Manual. It is normal to add some oil between oil
maintenance intervals or during the break-
Improper servicing can result in reduced in period, depending on the severity of
heater performance and engine overheat- operating conditions.
ing.
CAUTION
WARNING
Oil level should be checked regularly.
. To avoid the danger of being Operating the engine with an insuffi-
scalded, never change the coolant cient amount of oil can damage the
when the engine is hot. SDI2348
engine, and such damage is not cov-
. Never remove the radiator cap when CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL ered by warranty.
the engine is hot. Serious burns
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER
could be caused by high pressure the parking brake.
fluid escaping from the radiator. Vehicle set-up
. Avoid direct skin contact with used 2. Run the engine until it reaches operating
temperature. 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply
coolant. If skin contact is made, the parking brake.
wash thoroughly with soap or hand 3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 15
cleaner as soon as possible. minutes for the oil to drain back into 2. Run the engine until it reaches operating
the oil pan. temperature.
. Keep coolant out of reach of chil-
dren and pets. 4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. 3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 15
Reinsert it all the way. minutes.
Engine coolant must be disposed of properly. 4. Raise and support the vehicle using a
Check your local regulations. 5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oil
level. It should be within the range * . If the
1 suitable floor jack and safety jack stands.
oil level is below * , remove the oil filler cap
2
. Place the safety jack stands under the
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-9
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

307. Black plate (300,1)
vehicle jack-up points. 4. (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the engine
oil filter change is needed.)
. A suitable adapter should be attached to
the jack stand saddle. Loosen the oil filter * with an oil filter
2
wrench. Remove the oil filter by turning it by
5. Remove the plastic engine undercover. hand.
a. Remove the small plastic clip at the
5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface
center point of the undercover.
with a clean rag.
b. Then remove the other bolts that hold
the undercover in place.
CAUTION
CAUTION Be sure to remove any old rubber
gasket remaining on the mounting sur-
Make sure the correct lifting and sup- face of the engine. Failure to do so
port points are used to avoid vehicle SDI2335
could lead to engine damage.
damage. Engine oil and filter
6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean
1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.
engine oil.
2. Remove the oil filler cap.
7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight
3. Remove the drain plug * with a wrench
1 resistance is felt, then tighten additionally
and completely drain the oil. more than 2/3 turn.
Oil filter tightening torque:
CAUTION 11 to 15 ft-lb
(14.7 to 20.5 N·m)
Be careful not to burn yourself, as the 8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with a
engine oil is hot. new washer. Securely tighten the drain plug
with a wrench.
. Waste oil must be disposed of Drain plug tightening torque:
properly. 22 to 29 ft-lb
(29 to 39 N·m)
. Check your local regulations.
8-10 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

308. Black plate (301,1)
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID
Do not use excessive force. place. When checking or replacement is required, we
recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing.
9. Refill engine with recommended oil and d. Install the other bolts that hold the
install the oil filler cap securely. undercover in place. Be careful not to
strip the bolts or over-tighten them. CAUTION
See “CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED
FUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the “9. Technical 2. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground. . Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S
and consumer information” section for drain ATF. Do not mix with other fluids.
3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.
and refill capacity. The drain and refill
. Using automatic transmission fluid
capacity depends on the oil temperature
and drain time. Use these specifications for WARNING other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S
reference only. Always use the dipstick to ATF will cause deterioration in dri-
determine the proper amount of oil in the . Prolonged and repeated contact veability and automatic transmis-
engine. with used engine oil may cause skin sion durability, and may damage
cancer. the automatic transmission, which
10. Start the engine and check for leakage is not covered by the NISSAN new
around the drain plug and the oil filter. . Try to avoid direct skin contact with
used oil. If skin contact is made, vehicle limited warranty.
Correct as required.
wash thoroughly with soap or hand
11. Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 cleaner as soon as possible.
minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick.
Add engine oil if necessary. . Keep used engine oil out of reach of
children.
After the operation
1. Install the engine undercover into position as
the following steps.
a. Pull the center of the small plastic clip
out.
b. Hold the engine undercover into posi-
tion.
c. Insert the clip through the undercover
into the hole in the frame, then push the
center of the clip in to lock the clip in
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-11
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

309. Black plate (302,1)
POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID
For further brake and clutch fluid information,
CAUTION see “CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED
FUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the “9. Technical and
. Do not overfill. consumer information” section of this manual.
. Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or
equivalent. WARNING
. Use only new fluid from a sealed
container. Old, inferior or contami-
nated fluid may damage the brake
and clutch system.
. Be sure to clean the filler cap before
removing.
SDI1765A
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. CAUTION
The fluid level should be checked using the HOT
Do not spill the fluid on painted sur-
range (* : HOT MAX., * : HOT MIN.) at fluid
1 2
temperatures of 122 to 1768F (50 to 808C) or faces. This will damage the paint. If
using the COLD range (* : COLD MAX., * :
3 4 fluid is spilled, wash the surface with
COLD MIN.) at fluid temperatures of 32 to 868F water.
(0 to 308C).
If the fluid is below the MIN line, add Genuine
NISSAN PSF or equivalent. Remove the cap
and fill through the opening.
8-12 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

310. Black plate (303,1)
WINDOW WASHER FLUID
SDI2025A SDI1906A SDI2349
BRAKE FLUID CLUTCH FLUID
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid is Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid
WARNING
below the MIN line * or the brake warning
1 level is below the MIN line * , add Genuine
1 Antifreeze is poisonous and should be
light comes on, add Genuine NISSAN Super NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or stored carefully in marked containers
Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line * . 2
out of the reach of children.
fluid up to the MAX line * . If fluid must be
2 If fluid must be added frequently, the system
added frequently, the system should be checked should be checked by a NISSAN dealer. Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi-
by a NISSAN dealer. cally. Add window washer fluid when the low
window washer fluid warning light comes on.
To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift the
cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window
washer fluid into the tank opening.
Add a washer solvent to the washer for better
cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-13
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

311. Black plate (304,1)
BATTERY
washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s and water. . Keep the battery surface clean and dry.
instructions for the mixture ratio. Clean the battery with a solution of baking
soda and water.
Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving
conditions require an increased amount of . Make certain the terminal connections are
window washer fluid. clean and securely tightened.
Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind- . If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or
shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti- longer, disconnect the negative (−) battery
freeze or equivalent. terminal cable to prevent discharging it.
CAUTION CAUTION
. Do not substitute engine anti-freeze When the battery cable is removed from
coolant for window washer solution. the battery terminal, do not close either
This may result in damage to the of front doors. The automatic window
paint. adjusting function will not work, and
. Do not fill the window washer the side roof panel may be damaged.
reservoir tank with washer fluid To disconnect the negative (−) battery terminal,
concentrates at full strength. Some perform the procedure in the following order.
methyl alcohol based washer fluid Otherwise, the window and the side roof panel
concentrates may permanently stain may contact and be damaged.
the grille if spilled while filling the
window washer reservoir tank. 1. Close the windows.
. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates 2. Open the hood.
with water to the manufacturer’s 3. Close and lock all the doors.
recommended levels before pouring
the fluid into the window washer 4. Disconnect the negative (−) battery terminal.
reservoir tank. Do not use the 5. Securely close the hood.
window washer reservoir tank to
mix the washer fluid concentrate To connect the negative (−) battery terminal,
8-14 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

312. Black plate (305,1)
perform the procedure in the following order. battery fluid can cause a higher load
Otherwise, the window and the side roof panel on the battery which can generate
may contact and be damaged. heat, reduce battery life, and in
1. Unlock and open the driver side door. Do some cases lead to an explosion.
not close the door. . When working on or near a battery,
2. Open the hood. always wear suitable eye protection
and remove all jewelry.
3. Connect the negative (−) battery terminal.
Then close the hood. . Battery posts, terminals and related
accessories contain lead and lead
4. Fully open the driver side door window. compounds. Wash hands after
5. Close the driver side door and the window. handling.
. Keep the battery out of the reach of
WARNING children. DI0137MF
Check the fluid level in each cell (Remove the
. Do not expose the battery to flames
battery cover if it is necessary). It should be
or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas between the UPPER LEVEL * and LOWER
1
generated by the battery is explo- LEVEL * lines.
2
sive. Do not allow battery fluid to
contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilled
painted surfaces. After touching a water to bring the level to the indicator in each
battery or battery cap, do not touch filler opening. Do not overfill.
or rub your eyes. Thoroughly wash 1. Remove the cell plugs *.
3
your hands. If the acid contacts your
eyes, skin or clothing, immediately
flush with water for at least 15
minutes and seek medical attention.
. Do not operate the vehicle if the
fluid in the battery is low. Low
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-15
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

313. Black plate (306,1)
DRIVE BELTS
JUMP STARTING
If jump starting is necessary, see “JUMP
STARTING” in the “6. In case of emergency”
section. If the engine does not start by jump
starting, the battery may have to be replaced.
Contact a NISSAN dealer.
SDI1480E SDI2119
VQ37VHR engine
2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL 1. Power steering fluid pump
* line.
1 2. Alternator
If the side of the battery is not clear, check 3. Crankshaft pulley
the distilled water level by looking directly 4. Air conditioner compressor
above the cell; the condition * indicates
A 5. Drive belt auto-tensioner
OK and the conditions * needs more to
B
be added. WARNING
3. Tighten cell plugs *.
3
Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under or LOCK position before servicing drive
severe conditions require frequent checks of the belts. The engine could rotate unex-
battery fluid level. pectedly.
1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of
unusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If
the belt is in poor condition or loose, have it
8-16 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Model "Z34-D" EDITED: 2009/ 3/ 30

314. Black plate (307,1)
SPARK PLUGS
replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.
2. Have the belts checked regularly for condi-
WARNING
tion and tension in accordance with the Be sure the engine and the ignition
maintenance schedule in your “NISSAN switch are off and that the parking
Service and Maintenance Guide”.
brake is engaged securely.
CAUTION
Be sure to use the correct socket to
remove the spark plugs. An incorrect
socket can damage the spark plugs.
SDI2020